MODULHANDBUCH

Bachelor of Science

Bachelor Data Science (FS-FI-BADSC)

180 ECTS

Distance Learning and myStudies

2

Klassifizierung: Undergraduate

www.iu.org
 3

Inhaltsverzeichnis

1. Semester

Modul DLBDSIDS: Introduction to Data Science

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Kurs DLBDSIDS01: Introduction to Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Modul DLBCSIAW: Introduction to Academic Work

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Kurs DLBCSIAW01: Introduction to Academic Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Modul DLBDSIPWP: Introduction to Programming with Python

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Kurs DLBDSIPWP01: Introduction to Programming with Python . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Modul DLBDSMFC: Mathematics: Analysis

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Kurs DLBDSMFC01: Mathematics: Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Modul DLBCSCW: Collaborative Work

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Kurs DLBCSCW01: Collaborative Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Modul DLBDSSPDS: Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Kurs DLBDSSPDS01: Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

2. Semester

Modul DLBDSOOFPP: Object Oriented and Functional Programming with Python

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Kurs DLBDSOOFPP01: Object oriented and functional programming in Python . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Modul DLBDSMFLA: Mathematics: Linear Algebra

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Kurs DLBDSMFLA01: Mathematics: Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Modul DLBCSIDM: Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Kurs DLBCSIDM01: Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

www.iu.org
4

Modul DLBDSSIS: Statistics - Inferential Statistics

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Kurs DLBDSSIS01: Statistics - Inferential Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Modul DLBCSDMDS: Database Modeling and Database Systems

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Kurs DLBCSDMDS01: Database Modeling and Database Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Modul DLBDSPBDM: Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Kurs DLBDSPBDM01: Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

3. Semester

Modul DLBCSEBI1: Business Intelligence

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Kurs DLBCSEBI01: Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Modul DLBCSEBI2: Project: Business Intelligence

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Kurs DLBCSEBI02: Project: Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Modul DLBDSMLSL: Machine Learning - Supervised Learning

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Kurs DLBDSMLSL01: Machine Learning - Supervised Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Modul DLBDSMLUSL: Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Kurs DLBDSMLUSL01: Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering . . . . . . . . 117

Modul DLBDSDSSE: Data Science Software Engineering

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Kurs DLBDSDSSE01: Data Science Software Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Modul DLBDSMTP: Project: From Model to Production

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Kurs DLBDSMTP01: Project: From Model to Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

4. Semester

Modul DLBCSAPM: Agile Project Management

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Kurs DLBCSAPM01: Agile Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

www.iu.org
 5

Modul DLBDSBDT: Big Data Technologies

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Kurs DLBDSBDT01: Big Data Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Modul DLBDSDQDW: Data Quality and Data Wrangling

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Kurs DLBDSDQDW01: Data Quality and Data Wrangling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Modul DLBDSEDAV: Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Kurs DLBDSEDAV01: Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Modul DLBDSCC: Cloud Computing

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Kurs DLBDSCC01: Cloud Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Modul DLBDSSECDS: Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Kurs DLBDSSECDS01: Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

5. Semester

Modul DLBDSTSA: Time Series Analysis

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Kurs DLBDSTSA01: Time Series Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Modul DLBDSNNDL: Neural Nets and Deep Learning

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Kurs DLBDSNNDL01: Neural Nets and Deep Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Modul DLBDSEDE: Data Engineer

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Kurs DLBDSEDE01: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Kurs DLBDSEDE02: Project: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Modul DLBDSEDA: Data Analyst

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
Kurs DLBDSEDA01: Advanced Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Kurs DLBDSEDA02: Project: Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Modul DLBDSEAIS: AI Specialist

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Kurs DLBDSEAIS01: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Kurs DLBDSEAIS02: Project: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

www.iu.org
6

Modul DLBDSEIMB: International Marketing and Branding

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Kurs DLBDSEIMB01: International Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Kurs DLBDSEIMB02: International Brand Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Modul DLBDSEAS: Applied Sales

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Kurs DLBDSEAS01: Applied Sales I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Kurs DLBDSEAS02: Applied Sales II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Modul DLBDSESCM: Supply Chain Management

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Kurs DLBDSESCM01: Supply Chain Management I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Kurs DLBDSESCM02: Supply Chain Management II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Modul DLBDSEMECFI: Managerial Economics and Corporate Finance and Investment

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Kurs DLBBWME01_E: Managerial Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
Kurs DLBCFIE01: Corporate Finance and Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Modul DLBDSESF: Smart Factory

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Kurs DLBDSESF01: Smart Factory I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
Kurs DLBDSESF02: Smart Factory II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280

Modul DLBDSEAR: Production Engineering, Automation and Robotics

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
Kurs DLBDSEAR01: Production Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Kurs DLBDSEAR02: Automation and Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291

Modul DLBDSEAD: Autonomous Driving

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
Kurs DLBDSEAD01: Self-Driving Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Kurs DLBDSEAD02: Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

6. Semester

Modul DLBDSEDE: Data Engineer

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Kurs DLBDSEDE01: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Kurs DLBDSEDE02: Project: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Modul DLBDSEDA: Data Analyst

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

www.iu.org
 7

Kurs DLBDSEDA01: Advanced Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Kurs DLBDSEDA02: Project: Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Modul DLBDSEAIS: AI Specialist

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Kurs DLBDSEAIS01: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
Kurs DLBDSEAIS02: Project: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Modul DLBDSEIMB: International Marketing and Branding

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Kurs DLBDSEIMB01: International Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Kurs DLBDSEIMB02: International Brand Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Modul DLBDSEAS: Applied Sales

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Kurs DLBDSEAS01: Applied Sales I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Kurs DLBDSEAS02: Applied Sales II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359

Modul DLBDSESCM: Supply Chain Management

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
Kurs DLBDSESCM01: Supply Chain Management I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Kurs DLBDSESCM02: Supply Chain Management II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Modul DLBDSEMECFI: Managerial Economics and Corporate Finance and Investment

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Kurs DLBBWME01_E: Managerial Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Kurs DLBCFIE01: Corporate Finance and Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Modul DLBDSESF: Smart Factory

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
Kurs DLBDSESF01: Smart Factory I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Kurs DLBDSESF02: Smart Factory II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398

Modul DLBDSEAR: Production Engineering, Automation and Robotics

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
Kurs DLBDSEAR01: Production Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Kurs DLBDSEAR02: Automation and Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409

Modul DLBDSEAD: Autonomous Driving

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
Kurs DLBDSEAD01: Self-Driving Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Kurs DLBDSEAD02: Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Modul DLFSWG: Foreign Language German

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423

www.iu.org
8

Kurs DLFSWG01: Certificate Course German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Kurs DLFSG01: Foreign Language German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

Modul DLFSWI_E: Foreign Language Italian

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Kurs DLFSWI01_E: Certificate Course Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Kurs DLFSI01_E: Foreign Language Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436

Modul DLFSWF_E: Foreign Language French

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
Kurs DLFSWF01_E: Certificate Course French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Kurs DLFSF01_E: Foreign Language French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

Modul DLFSWS_E: Foreign Language Spanish

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
Kurs DLFSWS01_E: Certificate Course Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Kurs DLFSS01_E: Foreign Language Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452

Modul DLBCSIDPITS: Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455
Kurs DLBCSIDPITS01: Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .457

Modul DLBDSME: Model Engineering

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Kurs DLBDSME01: Model Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463

Modul DLBSG_E: Studium Generale

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467
Kurs DLBSG01_E: Studium Generale I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Kurs DLBSG02_E: Studium Generale II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

Modul DLBBT: Bachelor Thesis

Modulbeschreibung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Kurs DLBBT01: Bachelor Thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Kurs DLBBT02: Colloquium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

2020-02-01

www.iu.org
1. Semester
 DLBDSIDS 11

Introduction to Data Science

Module Code: DLBDSIDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Thomas Zöller (Introduction to Data Science)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Data Science (DLBDSIDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Assignment
Study Format: myStudies
Oral Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to data science
▪ Data
▪ Data science in business
▪ Statistics
▪ Machine learning

www.iu.org
12 DLBDSIDS

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Data Science
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ define data science and its relation to other fields.
▪ comprehend data science activities.
▪ recognize the origins of data and the challenges of working with data.
▪ understand how data science methods are integrated into business settings.
▪ grasp fundamental statistical concepts.
▪ appreciate the importance of machine learning in data science.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSIDS01 13

Introduction to Data Science

Course Code: DLBDSIDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Data science emerged as a multi-disciplinary field aimed at creating value from data. This course
starts with an overview of data science and related fields and then defines data types and
sources. Special focus is put on the assessment of data quality and electronic data processing.Use
of data-driven methods has become vital for businesses, and this course outlines how data-driven
approaches can be integrated within a business context and how operational decisions can be
made using data-driven methods.Finally, this course highlights the importance of statistics and
machine learning in the field of data science and gives an overview of relevant methods and
approaches.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ define data science and its relation to other fields.

▪ comprehend data science activities.
▪ recognize the origins of data and the challenges of working with data.
▪ understand how data science methods are integrated into business settings.
▪ grasp fundamental statistical concepts.
▪ appreciate the importance of machine learning in data science.

Contents
1. Introduction to Data Science
1.1 Definition of the term „data science“
1.2 Data science and related fields
1.3 Data science activities

2. Data
2.1 Data types and data sources
2.2 The 5Vs of data
2.3 Data curation and data quality
2.4 Data engineering

www.iu.org
14 DLBDSIDS01

3. Data Science in Business

3.1 Identification of use cases
3.2 Performance evaluation
3.3 Data-driven operational decisions
3.4 Cognitive biases

4. Statistics
4.1 Importance of statistics for data science
4.2 Important statistical concepts

5. Machine Learning
5.1 Role of machine learning in data science
5.2 Overview of machine learning approaches

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Akerkar, R., & Sajja, P. S. (2016). Intelligent techniques for data science. New York, NY: Springer
International Publishing.
▪ Hodeghatta, U. R., & Nayak, U. (2017). Business analytics using R—A practical approach. New
York, NY: Apress Publishing.
▪ Runkler, T. A. (2012). Data analytics: Models and algorithms for intelligent data analysis. New
York, NY: Springer.
▪ Skiena, S. S. (2017). The data science design manual. New York, NY: Springer International
Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSIDS01 15

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
16 DLBDSIDS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIAW 17

Introduction to Academic Work

Module Code: DLBCSIAW

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Maya Stagge (Introduction to Academic Work)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Academic Work (DLBCSIAW01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Basic Workbook (passed / not passed)
Study Format: Distance Learning
Basic Workbook (passed / not passed)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Scientific Theoretical Foundations and Research Paradigms
▪ Application of Good Scientific Practice
▪ Methodology
▪ Librarianship: Structure, Use, and Literature Management
▪ Forms of Scientific Work at IU

www.iu.org
18 DLBCSIAW

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Academic Work
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand and apply formal criteria of a scientific work.
▪ distinguish basic research methods and identify criteria of good scientific practice.
▪ describe central scientific theoretical basics and research paradigms and their effects on
scientific research results.
▪ use literature databases, literature administration programs, and other library structures
properly; avoid plagiarism; and apply citation styles correctly.
▪ apply the evidence criteria to scientific texts.
▪ define a research topic and derive a structure for scientific texts.
▪ compile a list of literature, illustrations, tables, and abbreviations for scientific texts.
▪ understand and distinguish between the different forms of scientific work at IU.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Business &
This module is similar to other modules in Management field
the field of Methods

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIAW01 19

Introduction to Academic Work

Course Code: DLBCSIAW01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The application of good scientific practice is one of the basic academic qualifications that should
be acquired while studying. This course deals with the distinction between everyday knowledge
and science. This requires a deeper understanding of the theory of science, as well as the
knowledge of basic research methods and instruments for writing scientific texts. The students
therefore gain initial insight into academic research and are introduced to the basic knowledge
that will help them in the future to produce scientific papers. In addition, the students receive an
overview of the different IU examination forms and insight into their requirements and
implementation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand and apply formal criteria of a scientific work.

▪ distinguish basic research methods and identify criteria of good scientific practice.
▪ describe central scientific theoretical basics and research paradigms and their effects on
scientific research results.
▪ use literature databases, literature administration programs, and other library structures
properly; avoid plagiarism; and apply citation styles correctly.
▪ apply the evidence criteria to scientific texts.
▪ define a research topic and derive a structure for scientific texts.
▪ compile a list of literature, illustrations, tables, and abbreviations for scientific texts.
▪ understand and distinguish between the different forms of scientific work at IU.

Contents
1. Theory of Science
1.1 Introduction to Science and Research
1.2 Research Paradigms
1.3 Fundamental Research Decisions
1.4 Effects of Scientific Paradigms on Research Design

www.iu.org
20 DLBCSIAW01

2. Application of Good Scientific Practice

2.1 Research Ethics
2.2 Evidence Teaching
2.3 Data Protection and Affidavit
2.4 Orthography and Shape
2.5 Identification and Delimitation of Topics
2.6 Research Questions and Structure

3. Research Methods
3.1 Empirical Research
3.2 Literature and Reviews
3.3 Quantitative Data Collection
3.4 Qualitative Data Collection
3.5 Mix of Methods
3.6 Critique of Methods and Self-Reflection

4. Librarianship: Structure, Use, and Literature Management

4.1 Plagiarism Prevention
4.2 Database Search
4.3 Literature Administration
4.4 Citation and Author Guidelines
4.5 Bibliography

5. Scientific Work at the IU – Research Essay

6. Scientific Work at the IU - Project Report

7. Scientific Work at the IU - Case Study

8. Scientific Work at the IU - Bachelor Thesis

9. Scientific Work at the IU – Oral Assignment

10. Scientific Work at the IU – Oral Project Report

11. Scientific Work at the IU - Colloquium

12. Scientific Work at the IU - Portfolio

13. Scientific Work at the IU - Exam

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIAW01 21

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bell, J., & Waters, S. (2018). Doing your research project: A guide for first-time researchers (7th
ed.). Open University Press McGraw-Hill Education.
▪ Deb, D., Dey, R., & Balas, V. E. (2019). Engineering research methodology: A practical insight for
researchers. Springer.
▪ Saunders, M., Lewis, P., & Thornhill, A. (2019). Research Methods for Business Students (8th
ed.). Pearson.
▪ Veal, A. J. (2018). Research Methods for Leisure and Tourism (5th ed.). Pearson.

www.iu.org
22 DLBCSIAW01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Basic Workbook (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIAW01 23

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Basic Workbook (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSIAW01
 DLBDSIPWP 25

Introduction to Programming with Python

Module Code: DLBDSIPWP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Dr. Reza Shahbazfar (Introduction to Programming with Python)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Programming with Python (DLBDSIPWP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Python as a programming language for data science
▪ Variables and built-in datatypes
▪ Statements and functions
▪ Error and exception handling
▪ Important Python data science modules

www.iu.org
26 DLBDSIPWP

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Programming with Python
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ use fundamental Python syntax.
▪ recollect common elementary data types.
▪ recognize foundational programming concepts and their realization in Python.
▪ understand error handling and logging.
▪ create working programs.
▪ list the most important libraries and packages for data science.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. Technology field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBDSIPWP01 27

Introduction to Programming with Python

Course Code: DLBDSIPWP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course provides students with a foundational understanding of the Python programming
language. Following an introductory exposition to the importance of Python for data science-
related programming tasks, students will be acquainted with fundamental programming concepts
like variables, data types, and statements. Building on this basis, the important notion of a
function is explained and errors, exception handling, and logging are explicated. The course
concludes with an overview of the most widely-used library packages for data science.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ use fundamental Python syntax.

▪ recollect common elementary data types.
▪ recognize foundational programming concepts and their realization in Python.
▪ understand error handling and logging.
▪ create working programs.
▪ list the most important libraries and packages for data science.

Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Why Python?
1.2 Obtaining and installing Python
1.3 The Python interpreter , IPython, and Jupyter

2. Variables and Data Types

2.1 Variables and value assignment
2.2 Numbers
2.3 Strings
2.4 Collections
2.5 Files

www.iu.org
28 DLBDSIPWP01

3. Statements
3.1 Assignment, expressions, and print
3.2 Conditional statements
3.3 Loops
3.4 Iterators and comprehensions

4. Functions
4.1 Function declaration
4.2 Scope
4.3 Arguments

5. Errors and Exceptions

5.1 Errors
5.2 Exception handling
5.3 Logs

6. Modules and Packages

6.1 Usage
6.2 Namespaces
6.3 Documentation
6.4 Popular data science packages

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Barry, P. (2016). Head first Python: A brain-friendly guide. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media, Inc.
▪ Kapil, S. (2019). Clean Python: Elegant coding in Python. Berkeley, CA: Apress.
▪ Lubanovic, B. (2019). Introducing Python (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Lutz, M. (2013). Learning Python (5th ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Matthes, E. (2015). Python crash course: A hands-on, project-based introduction to
programming. San Fransisco, CA: No Starch Press.
▪ Müller, A. C., & Guido, S. (2016). Introduction to machine learning with Python: A guide for data
scientists. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media, Inc.
▪ Ramalho, L. (2015). Fluent Python: Clear, concise, and effective programming. Sebastopol, CA:
O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSIPWP01 29

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
30 DLBDSIPWP01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFC 31

Mathematics: Analysis
Module Code: DLBDSMFC

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Robert Graf (Mathematics: Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Mathematics: Analysis (DLBDSMFC01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Sequences and series
▪ Functions & reverse functions
▪ differential calculus
▪ integral calculus

www.iu.org
32 DLBDSMFC

Learning Outcomes
Mathematics: Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ summarize the basic concepts of analysis.
▪ illustrate the terms "consequences" and "series".
▪ explain the concept of function and to understand the concept of the inverse function.
▪ explain basic statements of the differential and integral calculus.
▪ explain the relationship between differentiation and integration.
▪ master the derivation of higher-dimensional functions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
This module is similar to other modules in the fields
field of Methods

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFC01 33

Mathematics: Analysis
Course Code: DLBDSMFC01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Analysis is one of the essential basic subjects of mathematics. Originally developed to be able to
formulate and solve problems of classical mechanics mathematically, in its present rigorous form
it has become indispensable in numerous applications in the natural sciences and technology.
This module aims to introduce the basic hand tool of differential and integral calculus and to
explain their mutual interrelations. In addition, the differential calculus is generalized to
multidimensional spaces.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ summarize the basic concepts of analysis.

▪ illustrate the terms "consequences" and "series".
▪ explain the concept of function and to understand the concept of the inverse function.
▪ explain basic statements of the differential and integral calculus.
▪ explain the relationship between differentiation and integration.
▪ master the derivation of higher-dimensional functions.

Contents
1. Sequences and series
1.1 Sequences and series
1.2 Convergence of infinite series
1.3 power series

2. Functions and reverse functions

2.1 Continuous functions
2.2 Exponential and logarithm function
2.3 Trigonometric functions and their inverse functions

www.iu.org
34 DLBDSMFC01

3. Differential calculus
3.1 Derivatives and higher derivatives
3.2 curve discussion
3.3 Rules (chain rule, product rule, quotient rule ...)
3.4 Taylor Rows

4. Integral calculus
4.1 The Riemann Integral
4.2 Specific and indefinite integrals
4.3 The fundamental theorem of differential and integral calculus
4.4 Volumes and shells of rotary bodies
4.5 Paths and lengths

5. Differential calculus in the Rn

5.1 Partial Derivation
5.2 Total Derivation
5.3 Gradients of vector-valued functions and matrices

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Deisenroth, M.P., Faisal, A.A., & Ong, C.S. (2020). Mathematics for Machine Learning. Cambridge
University Press.
▪ Magnus, R. (2020). Fundamental Mathematical Analysis. Springer International Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFC01 35

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
36 DLBDSMFC01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCSCW 37

Collaborative Work
Module Code: DLBCSCW

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Karin Halbritter (Collaborative Work)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Collaborative Work (DLBCSCW01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Oral Assignment
Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Self-Directed and Collaborative Learning
▪ Networking and Cooperation
▪ Performance in (Virtual) Teams
▪ Communication, Arguments, and Being Convincing
▪ Potentials for Conflict and Managing Conflicts
▪ Self-Management and Personal Skills

www.iu.org
38 DLBCSCW

Learning Outcomes
Collaborative Work
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ design their own learning processes both self-directed and collaborative with analog and
digital media.
▪ initiate face-to-face and virtual cooperation and select suitable methods for shaping
collaboration even in an intercultural context and across disciplinary boundaries.
▪ assess different forms of communication in relation to the goals and requirements of
different situations and to reflect on their own communication and argumentation behavior
in order to be able to shape conducive collaboration also in an interdisciplinary context.
▪ recognize social diversity including cultural and professional differences as a value, and to
name and apply tools to deal with them constructively.
▪ explain conflict potentials and the role of emotions in conflicts and to describe the use of
systemic methods in the target- and solution-oriented handling of conflicts.
▪ analyze one's own resources, present methods of self-leadership and self-motivation, and
derive appropriate strategies.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Business &
fields of Business Administration & Management Management fields

www.iu.org
 DLBCSCW01 39

Collaborative Work
Course Code: DLBCSCW01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The course supports the students in building up and expanding important interdisciplinary
competences for our networked world, and in doing so, students can take advantage of the
opportunities for constructive cooperation with others. It presents essential forms and design
possibilities of collaborative learning and working, imparts basic knowledge and tools for self-
managed, flexible, and creative thinking, learning and acting and familiarizes students with the
topics of empathy and emotional intelligence. Students are also encouraged to use the course
contents. In this way, they promote their autonomous competence to act and their competence in
the interactive application of tools and in interacting in heterogeneous groups.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ design their own learning processes both self-directed and collaborative with analog and
digital media.
▪ initiate face-to-face and virtual cooperation and select suitable methods for shaping
collaboration even in an intercultural context and across disciplinary boundaries.
▪ assess different forms of communication in relation to the goals and requirements of
different situations and to reflect on their own communication and argumentation behavior
in order to be able to shape conducive collaboration also in an interdisciplinary context.
▪ recognize social diversity including cultural and professional differences as a value, and to
name and apply tools to deal with them constructively.
▪ explain conflict potentials and the role of emotions in conflicts and to describe the use of
systemic methods in the target- and solution-oriented handling of conflicts.
▪ analyze one's own resources, present methods of self-leadership and self-motivation, and
derive appropriate strategies.

Contents
1. Learning for a Networked World in a Networked World
1.1 Requirements and Opportunities of the VUCA World
1.2 Learning, Information, and Dealing with Knowledge and Ignorance
1.3 C-Model: Collective – Collaborative – Continuous – Connected
1.4 Checking Your Own Learning Behaviour

www.iu.org
40 DLBCSCW01

2. Networking and Cooperation

2.1 Finding and Winning Suitable Cooperation Partners
2.2 Sustainable Relationships: Digital Interaction and Building Trust
2.3 Collaboration: Organizing Locally and Virtually and Using Media
2.4 Social Learning: Agile, Collaborative, and Mobile Planning of Learning Processes

3. Performance in (Virtual) Teams

3.1 Goals, Roles, Organization and Performance Measurement
3.2 Team Building and Team Flow
3.3 Scrum as a Framework for Agile Project Management
3.4 Design Thinking, Kanban, Planning Poker, Working-in-Progress-Limits & Co

4. Communicate and Convince

4.1 Communication as Social Interaction
4.2 Language, Images, Metaphors, and Stories
4.3 It's the Attitude that Counts: Open, Empathetic, and Appreciative Communication
4.4 Listen Actively - Argue - Convince - Motivate
4.5 Analyze Your Own Conversational and Argumentational Skills

5. Recognize Conflict Potentials - Handle Conflicts - Negotiate Effectively

5.1 Respecting Diversity - Seizing Opportunities
5.2 Developing Empathy for Yourself and Others
5.3 Systemic Work Solutions and Reframing
5.4 Negotiate Constructively: Finding Clear Words - Interests Instead of Positions

6. Realize Your Own Projects

6.1 Set Goals Effectively - Focus - Reflect
6.2 The Agile Use of One's Own Time
6.3 (Self-)Coaching and Inner Team
6.4 Strategies and Methods for Self-Management and Self-Motivation

7. Mobilize Your Resources

7.1 Recognizing Resources - Regulating Emotions
7.2 Reflection and Innovation - Lateral Thinking and Creativity
7.3 Transfer Strength and Willpower: Analyzing and Controlling Condition Factors

www.iu.org
 DLBCSCW01 41

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Baber, A., Waymon, L., Alphonso, A., & Wylde, J. (2015): Strategic connections. The new face of
networking in a collaborative world. New York: AMACOM.
▪ Boulton, J. G., Allen, P. M., & Bowman, C. (2015): Embracing complexity. Strategic perspectives
for an age of turbulence. 1. ed. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press.
▪ Chang, B., & Kang, H. (2016): Challenges facing group work online. In:
Distance Education
37 (1), S. 73–88. DOI: 10.1080/01587919.2016.1154781.
▪ Duhigg, C. (2013): The power of habit. Why we do what we do and how to change. London:
Random House Books.
▪ Fisher, R., & Ury, W. (2012): Getting to yes. Negotiating an agreement without giving in.
Updated and rev., 3. ed. London: Random House Business Books.
▪ Kaats, E., & Opheij, W. (2014): Creating conditions for promising collaboration. Alliances,
networks, chains, strategic partnerships. Berlin, Heidelberg, s.l.: Springer Berlin Heidelberg
(SpringerBriefs in Business).
▪ Martin, S. J., Goldstein, N. J., & Cialdini, R. B. (2015). The small BIG: Small changes that spark
BIG influence. London, England: Profile Books.
▪ Oettingen, G. (2014). Rethinking positive thinking: Inside the new science of motivation. New
York, NY: Current.

www.iu.org
42 DLBCSCW01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCSCW01 43

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSCW01
 DLBDSSPDS 45

Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics

Module Code: DLBDSSPDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Dr. Stefan Stöckl (Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics )

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics (DLBDSSPDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Probability
▪ Random variables
▪ Joint distributions
▪ Expectation and variance
▪ Inequalities and limit theorems

www.iu.org
46 DLBDSSPDS

Learning Outcomes
Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ define probability, random variable, and probability distribution.
▪ understand the concept of Bayesian statistics.
▪ grasp the definition of joint and marginal distributions.
▪ calculate expectation values and higher moments.
▪ comprehend important inequality equations and limit theorems.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Business &
This module is similar to other modules in the Management fields
field of Methods

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSPDS01 47

Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics

Course Code: DLBDSSPDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Statistical description and analysis are the foundations for data-driven analysis and prediction
methods. This course introduces the fundamentals, beginning with a formal definition of
probabilities and introduction to the concepts underlying Bayesian statistics.Random variables
and probability density distributions are then discussed, as well as the concept of joint and
marginal distributions. The importance of various discrete and continuous distributions and their
applications is stressed.Characterizing distributions is an important aspect of describing the
behavior of probability distributions. Students are familiarized with expectation values, variance,
and covariance. The concepts of algebraic and central moments and moment-generating functions
complement the characterization of probability distributions.Finally, this course focuses on
important inequalities and limit theorems such as the law of large numbers or the central limit
theorem.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ define probability, random variable, and probability distribution.

▪ understand the concept of Bayesian statistics.
▪ grasp the definition of joint and marginal distributions.
▪ calculate expectation values and higher moments.
▪ comprehend important inequality equations and limit theorems.

Contents
1. Probability
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Independent events
1.3 Conditional probability
1.4 Bayesian statistics

2. Random Variables
2.1 Random Variables
2.2 Distribution functions and probability mass functions
2.3 Important discrete probability distributions
2.4 Important continous probability distributions

www.iu.org
48 DLBDSSPDS01

3. Joint Distributions
3.1 Joint distributions
3.2 Marginal distributions
3.3 Independent random variables
3.4 Conditional distributions

4. Expectation and Variance

4.1 Expectation of a random variable, conditional expectations
4.2 Variance and covariance
4.3 Expectations and variances of important probability distributions
4.4 Algebraic and central moments
4.5 Moment-generating functions

5. Inequalities and Limit Theorems

5.1 Probability inequalities
5.2 Inequalities for expectations
5.3 The law of large numbers
5.4 Central limit theorem

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Downey, A.B. (2011). Think stats (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly
▪ Kim, A. (2019). Exponential Distribution—Intuition, Derivation, and Applications. Available
online.
▪ Wasserman, L. (2004). All of Statistics: A concise course in statistical inference. New York, NY:
Springer

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSPDS01 49

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
50 DLBDSSPDS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
2. Semester
 DLBDSOOFPP 55

Object Oriented and Functional Programming with

Python
Module Code: DLBDSOOFPP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Max Pumperla (Object oriented and functional programming in Python)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Object oriented and functional programming in Python (DLBDSOOFPP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Portfolio
Study Format: myStudies
Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course introduces the students to the advanced programming concepts of object orientation
and functional programming and how they are realized in the Python programming language.

www.iu.org
56 DLBDSOOFPP

Learning Outcomes
Object oriented and functional programming in Python
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain basic notions in object-oriented programming such as functions and classes.
▪ understand object-oriented programming concepts and their relation to software design and
engineering.
▪ describe advanced function concepts in Python.
▪ recognize important ideas from functional programming.
▪ recall important libraries for functional programming in Python.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSOOFPP01 57

Object oriented and functional programming in Python

Course Code: DLBDSOOFPP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course builds upon basic knowledge of Python programming (Introduction to Programming
with Python, DLBDSIPWP) and is concerned with the exposition of advanced Python programming
concepts. To this end, important notions of object-oriented programming like classes and objects
and pertaining design principles are outlined. Starting from an in-depth discussion of advanced
features of Python functions, functional programming concepts and their implementation in
Python are conveyed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain basic notions in object-oriented programming such as functions and classes.

▪ understand object-oriented programming concepts and their relation to software design and
engineering.
▪ describe advanced function concepts in Python.
▪ recognize important ideas from functional programming.
▪ recall important libraries for functional programming in Python.

Contents
▪ This course provides students with a thorough introduction to important notions and
concepts from the domain of object-oriented programming such as classes, objects,
abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, composition, and delegation.
Additionally, the functional programming paradigm and pertaining ideas like functions as
first class objects, decorators, pure functions, immutability and higher order functions are
conveyed. Pursuant to the portfolio course type, the aforementioned concepts and ideas are
explored by hands-on programming projects.

www.iu.org
58 DLBDSOOFPP01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Lott, S. F. (2018): Functional Python programming: Discover the power of functional
programming, generator functions, lazy evaluation, the built-in itertools library, and monads.
2nd ed., Packt Publishing, Birmingham.
▪ Lutz, M. (2013): Learning Python. 5th ed., O'Reilly, Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Phillips, D. (2018): Python 3 object-oriented programming: Build robust and maintainable
software with object-oriented design patterns in Python 3.8. 3rd ed., Packt Publishing,
Birmingham.
▪ Ramalho, L. (2015): Fluent Python: Clear, concise, and effective programming. O'Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSOOFPP01 59

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
60 DLBDSOOFPP01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFLA 61

Mathematics: Linear Algebra

Module Code: DLBDSMFLA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Robert Graf (Mathematics: Linear Algebra)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Mathematics: Linear Algebra (DLBDSMFLA01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Matrix algebra
▪ Vector spaces
▪ Linear and affine transformations
▪ Analytical geometry
▪ Matrix decomposition

www.iu.org
62 DLBDSMFLA

Learning Outcomes
Mathematics: Linear Algebra
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain fundamental notions in the domain of linear equation systems.
▪ exemplify properties of vectors and vector spaces.
▪ summarize characteristics of linear and affine mappings.
▪ identify important relations in analytical geometry.
▪ utilize different methods for matrix decomposition..

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
This module is similar to other modules in the fields
field of Methods

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFLA01 63

Mathematics: Linear Algebra

Course Code: DLBDSMFLA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Linear algebra is a fundamental subject in mathematics. Its historical origin lies in the
development of solution techniques for systems of linear equations arising from geometric
problems. Numerous scientific and engineering applications can be solved using its methods. This
course introduces the foundations of linear algebra and its basic notions like vectors and
matrices. It then builds upon this foundation by introducing the derivation of solution techniques
for problems in analytical geometry.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain fundamental notions in the domain of linear equation systems.

▪ exemplify properties of vectors and vector spaces.
▪ summarize characteristics of linear and affine mappings.
▪ identify important relations in analytical geometry.
▪ utilize different methods for matrix decomposition..

Contents
1. Foundations
1.1 Systems of Linear Equations
1.2 Matrices: Basic Terms
1.3 Matrix algebra
1.4 Matrices as compact representations of linear equations
1.5 Inverse and trace

2. Vector Spaces
2.1 Definition
2.2 Linear Combination and Linear Dependance
2.3 Basis, Linear Envelope, and Rank

www.iu.org
64 DLBDSMFLA01

3. Linear and Affine Mapping

3.1 Matrix Representations of Linear Mappings
3.2 Image and Kernel
3.3 Affine Spaces and Subspaces
3.4 Affine Mapping

4. Analytical Geometry
4.1 Norm
4.2 Scalar Product
4.3 Orthogonal Projections

5. Matrix Decomposition
5.1 Determinant
5.2 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors
5.3 Cholesky Decomposition
5.4 Eigenvalue Decomposition and Diagonalisation
5.5 Singular Value Decomposition

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Mathai, A. M., & Haubold, H. J. (2017). Linear algebra, a course for physicists and engineers (1st
ed.) De Gruyter.
▪ Neri, F. (2019). Linear algebra for computational sciences and engineering (2nd ed.) Springer.
▪ Shilov, G. E. (1977). Linear algebra. Dover Publications.
▪ Strang, G. (2020). Introduction to linear algebra. (5th ed.) Cambridge Press.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFLA01 65

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
66 DLBDSMFLA01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDM 67

Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making

Module Code: DLBCSIDM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Jürgen Matthias Seeler (Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making (DLBCSIDM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Case Study
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Case Study

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Basics of Intercultural Competence
▪ Cultural Concepts
▪ Culture and Ethics
▪ Implications of Current Ethical Problems in the Area of Interculturality, Ethics, and Diversity
▪ Intercultural Learning and Working
▪ Case Studies for Cultural and Ethical Conflicts

www.iu.org
68 DLBCSIDM

Learning Outcomes
Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the most important terms in the areas of interculturality, diversity, and ethics.
▪ distinguish different explanatory patterns of culture.
▪ understand culture at different levels.
▪ plan processes of intercultural learning and working.
▪ understand the interdependencies of culture and ethics.
▪ independently work on a case study on intercultural competence.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the Business &
fields of Business Administration & Management Management fields

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDM01 69

Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making

Course Code: DLBCSIDM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, students acquire the necessary knowledge to understand intercultural
competencies and current developments in the fields of diversity and ethics. Students will
understand how to systematically plan and implement learning processes for the development of
competences important in these areas. First, important terms are clarified and differentiated from
each other, and cultural aspects are explained from different perspectives. In addition, students
learn that cultural issues are relevant at different levels, for example, within a state, company, or
other group. In this context, students also recognize the connection between ethics and culture
with different interdependencies. On the basis of this knowledge, students are then familiarized
with the different possibilities and potentials of intercultural and ethical learning and working.
Practical cases are used to illustrate the importance of the relationships learned for today's work
context in many companies. The students then work on a case study in which the acquired
knowledge is systematically applied.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the most important terms in the areas of interculturality, diversity, and ethics.
▪ distinguish different explanatory patterns of culture.
▪ understand culture at different levels.
▪ plan processes of intercultural learning and working.
▪ understand the interdependencies of culture and ethics.
▪ independently work on a case study on intercultural competence.

Contents
1. Basics of Intercultural and Ethical Competence to Act
1.1 Subject Areas, Terms, and Definitions
1.2 Relevance of Intercultural and Ethical Action
1.3 Intercultural Action - Diversity, Globalization, Ethics

2. Cultural Concepts
2.1 Hofstedes Cultural Dimensions
2.2 Culture Differentiation According to Hall
2.3 Locus of Control Concept to Rotter

www.iu.org
70 DLBCSIDM01

3. Culture and Ethics

3.1 Ethics - Basic Terms and Concepts
3.2 Interdependence of Culture and Ethics
3.3 Ethical Concepts in Different Regions of the World

4. Current Topics in the Area of Interculturality, Ethics, and Diversity

4.1 Digital Ethics
4.2 Equality and Equal Opportunities
4.3 Social Diversity

5. Intercultural Learning and Working

5.1 Acculturation
5.2 Learning and Working in Intercultural Groups
5.3 Strategies for Dealing with Cultural Conflicts

6. Case Studies for Cultural and Ethical Conflicts

6.1 Case Study: Interculturality
6.2 Case Study: Diversity
6.3 Case Study: Interculturality and Ethics

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Boylan, M. (Eds.). (2014). Business ethics. (2nd ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.
▪ Thomas, A., Kinast, E. U., Schroll-Machl, S. (Eds.). (2010). Handbook of intercultural
communication and cooperation. Basics and areas of application. Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht .

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDM01 71

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
72 DLBCSIDM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSIS 73

Statistics - Inferential Statistics

Module Code: DLBDSSIS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSSPDS01 BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Dr. Stefan Stöckl (Statistics - Inferential Statistics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Statistics - Inferential Statistics (DLBDSSIS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Point estimation
▪ Uncertainties
▪ Bayesian inference & non-parametric techniques
▪ Statistical testing
▪ Statistical decision theory

www.iu.org
74 DLBDSSIS

Learning Outcomes
Statistics - Inferential Statistics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand point estimation methods.
▪ apply maximum likelihood and ordinary least squares method to estimate parameters.
▪ comprehend the concept of statistical and systematic errors.
▪ employ error propagation methods.
▪ utilize Bayesian inference and non-parametric techniques.
▪ evaluate statistical tests.
▪ grasp the fundamentals of statistical decision theory.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
This module is similar to other modules in the fields
field of Methods

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSIS01 75

Statistics - Inferential Statistics

Course Code: DLBDSSIS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSSPDS01
English

Course Description
Statistical analysis and understanding are the foundations of data-driven methods and machine
learning approaches.This course gives a thorough introduction to point estimators and discusses
various techniques to estimate and optimize parameters. Special focus is given to a detailed
discussion of both statistical and systematic uncertainties as well as propagation of
uncertainties.Bayesian statistics is fundamental to data-driven approaches, and this course takes
a close look at Bayesian techniques such as Bayesian parameter estimation and prior probability
functions.Furthermore, this course gives an in-depth overview of statistical testing and decision
theory, focusing on aspects such as A/B testing, hypothesis testing, p-values, and multiple testing
which are fundamental to statistical analysis approaches in a broad range of practical
applications.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand point estimation methods.

▪ apply maximum likelihood and ordinary least squares method to estimate parameters.
▪ comprehend the concept of statistical and systematic errors.
▪ employ error propagation methods.
▪ utilize Bayesian inference and non-parametric techniques.
▪ evaluate statistical tests.
▪ grasp the fundamentals of statistical decision theory.

Contents
1. Point Estimation
1.1 Method of moments
1.2 Sufficient statistics
1.3 Maximum likelihood
1.4 Ordinary least squares
1.5 Resampling techniques

2. Uncertainties
2.1 Statistical and systematic uncertainties
2.2 Propagation of uncertainties

www.iu.org
76 DLBDSSIS01

3. Bayesian Inference & Non-parametric Techniques

3.1 Bayesian parameter estimation
3.2 Prior probability functions
3.3 Parzen windows
3.4 K-nearest-neighbours

4. Statistical Testing
4.1 A/B testing
4.2 Hypothesis tests & test statistics
4.3 P-values & confidence intervals
4.4 Multiple testing

5. Statistical Decision Theory

5.1 The risk function
5.2 Maximum likelihood, Minimax, and Bayes
5.3 Admissibility and Stein's paradox

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Wasserman, L. (2004). All of statistics: A concise course in statistical inference. Springer.
▪ Downey, A. B. (2014). Think stats (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Downey, A.B. (2013). Think bayes. O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSIS01 77

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
78 DLBDSSIS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCSDMDS 79

Database Modeling and Database Systems

Module Code: DLBCSDMDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ralf Kneuper (Database Modeling and Database Systems)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Database Modeling and Database Systems (DLBCSDMDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Fundamentals of relational databases
▪ Simple database queries
▪ Entity/Relationship (E/R) Diagrams
▪ database development
▪ Complex database queries across multiple tables
▪ Changing data in databases
▪ NoSQL database systems

www.iu.org
80 DLBCSDMDS

Learning Outcomes
Database Modeling and Database Systems
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ describe the basic concepts of the relational data model and distinguish them from each
other.
▪ visually model data schemas.
▪ know SQL queries, read data from databases, change the data stock, and have experience in
their use.
▪ design, create, and modify SQL queries and data schemas for SQL databases, and have
experience using them.
▪ independently design database schemas and create database queries to solve concrete
problems.
▪ know the most important NoSQL concepts and distinguish them from each other.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBCSDMDS01 81

Database Modeling and Database Systems

Course Code: DLBCSDMDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Stored data form the basis of many value chains of an information and knowledge society. The
methodical structuring of data through data schemas therefore forms an important basis for
storing information in such a way that it can be retrieved and processed quickly and easily. In
addition to the structured storage of data, structured access to large amounts of data must also
be possible.This course teaches students how to store data in relational data models and how to
access stored data with SQL. In addition to relational database systems, modern DB systems
(NoSQL) for storing and accessing data will be presented.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ describe the basic concepts of the relational data model and distinguish them from each
other.
▪ visually model data schemas.
▪ know SQL queries, read data from databases, change the data stock, and have experience in
their use.
▪ design, create, and modify SQL queries and data schemas for SQL databases, and have
experience using them.
▪ independently design database schemas and create database queries to solve concrete
problems.
▪ know the most important NoSQL concepts and distinguish them from each other.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Relational Databases
1.1 Basic Concepts of the Relational Data Model
1.2 Find and Delete Records in the Database
1.3 SQL and Relational Database Systems

www.iu.org
82 DLBCSDMDS01

2. Querying Data from a Single Table

2.1 Query Data (SELECT)
2.2 Query Data With Condition (WHERE)
2.3 Sort Query Output (ORDER BY)
2.4 Queries With Group Formation (GROUP BY)
2.5 Subqueries With Nested SELECT Statements

3. Conception and Modeling of Relational Databases

3.1 The Entity Relationship Model
3.2 Relationships and Cardinalities in E/R Models
3.3 Normal Forms of Databases

4. Creation of Relational Databases

4.1 Logical Database Design Activities
4.2 Mapping of the Conceptual Data Model into the Physical Data Model
4.3 Generation of Tables in SQL Databases from E/R Diagrams

5. Complex Database Queries on Multiple Tables

5.1 Composite Quantities (JOIN)
5.2 Set Operations
5.3 Data Views With CREATE VIEW

6. Manipulating Records in Databases

6.1 Insert New Data Records (INSERT)
6.2 Change Existing Records
6.3 Transactions

7. NoSQL Database Systems

7.1 Motivation and Basic Idea
7.2 Selected Groups of NoSQL Systems

www.iu.org
 DLBCSDMDS01 83

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ 46th VLDB (2020). Proceedings of the International Conference on Very Large Data Bases
(VLDB).
▪ Date, C.J. (2019). Database design and relational theory: Normal forms and all that jazz (2nd
ed.). Apress.
▪ Documentation of Mondial Database (2010). Mondial Database.
▪ Elmasri, R., Navathe, S. B. (2016). Fundamentals of database systems. Pearson Education
Limited.
▪ Foster, E., Godbole, S. (2016). Database systems. A pragmatic approach. (2nd ed.). Apress.
▪ Sumathi, S. et al (2010). Fundamentals of relational database management systems. Springer.
▪ W3Schools (2020). SQL Tutorial.

www.iu.org
84 DLBCSDMDS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCSDMDS01 85

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSDMDS01
 DLBDSPBDM 87

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL

Module Code: DLBDSPBDM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Sharam Dadashnia (Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL (DLBDSPBDM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Portfolio
Study Format: myStudies
Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ This course is about the implementation of a practical database use case employing
previously-acquired knowledge on pertaining approaches and methods.

www.iu.org
88 DLBDSPBDM

Learning Outcomes
Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer previously-acquired knowledge about database methods and approaches to
practical use cases.
▪ design, architect, and implement a working data-mart solution.
▪ reason about design choices of and trade-offs between relevant implementation
alternatives.
▪ critically evaluate said choices with respect to the stated design goal.
▪ describe and explain the resulting solution.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the It &
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. Technology field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBDSPBDM01 89

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL

Course Code: DLBDSPBDM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course provides the opportunity to implement a realistic database use case scenario. A list of
use case ideas is provided on the online learning platform. In addition, the students can
contribute use case ideas of their own in accord with the tutor. The core aim is to apply the
hitherto theoretical knowledge of database methods and approaches to solve a real-world
application scenario. This entails reasoning about possible design and architectural choices in a
rational way, as well as implementing them in a functioning database system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer previously-acquired knowledge about database methods and approaches to

practical use cases.
▪ design, architect, and implement a working data-mart solution.
▪ reason about design choices of and trade-offs between relevant implementation
alternatives.
▪ critically evaluate said choices with respect to the stated design goal.
▪ describe and explain the resulting solution.

Contents
▪ In this course, students apply their knowledge of data modeling and databases to implement
a project use case of their choosing. All relevant artefacts, like use case evaluation, chosen
implementation method, code, and outcomes, are documented in the form of a written
project report.

www.iu.org
90 DLBDSPBDM01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Date, C. J. (2012). Database design and relational theory. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ DeBarros, A. (2018). Practical SQL: A beginner's guide to storytelling with data. San Francisco,
CA: No Starch Press.
▪ Harrington, J. L. (2016). Relational database design and implementation (4th ed.). Burlington,
MA: Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Hernandez, M. J. (2013). Database design for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to relational
database design (3rd ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.
▪ Viescas, J. (2018). SQL queries for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to data manipulation in
SQL (4th ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSPBDM01 91

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: yes

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
92 DLBDSPBDM01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
3. Semester
 DLBCSEBI1 97

Business Intelligence
Module Code: DLBCSEBI1

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Sebastian Werning (Business Intelligence )

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Business Intelligence (DLBCSEBI01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Motivation and Conceptualization
▪ Data Provision
▪ Data Warehouse
▪ Modeling of Multidimensional Data Spaces
▪ Analysis Systems
▪ Distribution and Access

www.iu.org
98 DLBCSEBI1

Learning Outcomes
Business Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the motivation, use cases, and basics of Business Intelligence.
▪ identify and explain techniques and methods for providing and modeling data, as well as
types of data relevant to BI, differentiating between them.
▪ explain techniques and methods for the generation and storage of information and
independently select suitable methods on the basis of concrete requirements.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
 DLBCSEBI01 99

Business Intelligence
Course Code: DLBCSEBI01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Business Intelligence (BI) is used to obtain information from company data that is relevant for
targeted corporate management and the optimization of business activities. This course
introduces and discusses techniques, procedures, and models for data provision, information
generation, and analysis, as well the distribution of the information obtained. You will then be
able to explain the various subject areas of data warehousing and independently select methods
and techniques to meet specific requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the motivation, use cases, and basics of Business Intelligence.

▪ identify and explain techniques and methods for providing and modeling data, as well as
types of data relevant to BI, differentiating between them.
▪ explain techniques and methods for the generation and storage of information and
independently select suitable methods on the basis of concrete requirements.

Contents
1. Motivation and Conceptualization
1.1 Motivation and Historical Development
1.2 BI as a Framework

2. Data Provision
2.1 Operative and Dispositive Systems
2.2 The Data Warehouse Concept
2.3 Architectural Variations

3. Data Warehouse
3.1 ETL Process
3.2 DWH and Data Mart
3.3 ODS and Metadata

www.iu.org
100 DLBCSEBI01

4. Modelling of Multidimensional Data Spaces

4.1 Data Modeling
4.2 OLAP Cubes
4.3 Physical Storage
4.4 Star and Snowflake Scheme
4.5 Historicization

5. Analysis Systems
5.1 Free Data Research and OLAP
5.2 Reporting Systems
5.3 Model-Based Analysis Systems
5.4 Concept-Oriented Systems

6. Distribution and Access

6.1 Information Distribution
6.2 Information Access

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Grossmann, W., & Rinderle-Ma, S. (2015). Fundamentals of business intelligence. Springer.
▪ Kolb, J. (2013). Business intelligence in plain language: A practical guide to data mining and
business analytics. Createspace.
▪ Sharda, R., Delen, D., & Turban, E. (2014). Business intelligence and analytics: Systems for
decision support. Pearson.
▪ Sherman, R. (2014). Business intelligence guidebook: From data integration to analytics.
Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Vaisman, A., & Zimányi, E. (2016). Data warehouse systems: Design and implementation.
Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBCSEBI01 101

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
102 DLBCSEBI01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCSEBI2 103

Project: Business Intelligence

Module Code: DLBCSEBI2

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 149 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Sebastian Werning (Project: Business Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: Business Intelligence (DLBCSEBI02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report
Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
Possible topics for the BI project include “Management of BI projects”, “Design of
multidimensional data models” and “Prototypical implementation of small BI applications”.

www.iu.org
104 DLBCSEBI2

Learning Outcomes
Project: Business Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ independently design a solution to a practical problem in the field of Business Intelligence
in order to then implement a prototype and document the results.
▪ identify and explain typical problems and challenges in the design and practical
implementation of small BI solutions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
 DLBCSEBI02 105

Project: Business Intelligence

Course Code: DLBCSEBI02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Using well-known methods and techniques from the field of Business Intelligence, students will
work independently on a practical question in this course.At the end of the course you will be able
to independently design and prototype Business Intelligence applications based on concrete
requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ independently design a solution to a practical problem in the field of Business Intelligence

in order to then implement a prototype and document the results.
▪ identify and explain typical problems and challenges in the design and practical
implementation of small BI solutions.

Contents
▪ Implementation and documentation of practical questions regarding the use of Business
Intelligence applications. Typical scenarios are, for example, “Management of BI projects”,
“Design of multidimensional data models” and “Prototypical implementation of small BI
applications”.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Christoph Meinel, Hasso Plattner, Larry Leifer (2011): Design Thinking: Understand – Improve –
Apply; Springer Berlin Heidelberg
▪ Jeanne Liedtka (2018): Why Design Thinking Works. In: Havard Business Review, Issue: 2018/09,
pp.72–79
▪ Christoph Meinel, Larry J. Leifer (2021): Design Thinking Research: Interrogating the Doing;
Springer International Publishing

www.iu.org
106 DLBCSEBI02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBCSEBI02 107

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCSEBI02
 DLBDSMLSL 109

Machine Learning - Supervised Learning

Module Code: DLBDSMLSL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSMFC01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01,
DLBDSSIS01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Machine Learning - Supervised Learning)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Machine Learning - Supervised Learning (DLBDSMLSL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
110 DLBDSMLSL

Module Contents
▪ Types of machine learning
▪ Classification
▪ Regression
▪ Support vector machines
▪ Decision trees

Learning Outcomes
Machine Learning - Supervised Learning
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ remember central notions and paradigms of machine learning.
▪ describe the key ideas of regression and pertaining regularization methods.
▪ know basic classification techniques.
▪ explain tree structured machine learning models.
▪ understand support vector machines and the related kernel approach.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLSL01 111

Machine Learning - Supervised Learning

Course Code: DLBDSMLSL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSMFC01,
English DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01, DLBDSSIS01

Course Description
This course provides a first introduction to the field of machine learning with a focus on
supervised learning (i.e., learning from labeled data), where the most commonly used models in
regression and classification are being introduced. Moreover, the course provides an introduction
to the concepts of large margin classifiers and tree structured models.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ remember central notions and paradigms of machine learning.

▪ describe the key ideas of regression and pertaining regularization methods.
▪ know basic classification techniques.
▪ explain tree structured machine learning models.
▪ understand support vector machines and the related kernel approach.

Contents
1. Introduction to Machine Learning
1.1 Pattern recognition systems
1.2 The machine learning design cycle
1.3 Technical notions of learning and adaptation
1.4 Under- and overfitting

2. Regression
2.1 Linear regression
2.2 Lasso- and ridge Regularization
2.3 Generalized linear models
2.4 Logistic regression

3. Basic Classification Techniques

3.1 K-nearest neighbour
3.2 Naive Bayes

www.iu.org
112 DLBDSMLSL01

4. Support Vector Machines

4.1 Large margin classification
4.2 The kernel trick

5. Decision & Regression Trees

5.1 Decision & regression trees
5.2 Random forest
5.3 Gradient boosting

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bishop, C. M. (2006). Pattern recognition and machine learning. Springer.
▪ Grus, J. (2019). Data science from scratch: First principles with Python (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Mitchell, T. M. (1997). Machine learning. McGraw-Hill.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLSL01 113

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
114 DLBDSMLSL01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLUSL 115

Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Fea-

ture Engineering
Module Code: DLBDSMLUSL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSMFC01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01,
DLBDSSIS01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering (DLBDSMLUSL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Case Study
Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Case Study

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
116 DLBDSMLUSL

Module Contents
▪ Unsupervised machine learning
▪ Clustering
▪ Dimensionality reduction
▪ Manifold learning
▪ Feature engineering
▪ Feature selection
▪ Automation of feature generation and selection

Learning Outcomes
Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the notions of unsupervised learning and feature selection.
▪ recall commonly-applied clustering models.
▪ understand the concept and utility of dimensionality reduction and manifold learning.
▪ describe effective approaches to feature engineering.
▪ discuss the methods of automatic feature generation and selection.
▪ reflect on societal and sustainability implications of applying the learned skills to different
use cases including ethical questions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLUSL01 117

Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Fea-

ture Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSMLUSL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSMFC01,
English DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01, DLBDSSIS01

Course Description
This course is concerned with the tools and techniques for unsupervised learning and feature
engineering. Unsupervised learning denotes machine learning approaches that can be applied
without label information. As such, the aim is to extract patterns or statistical regularities in data,
and finding good features is key for the successful application of machine learning models.
Therefore, having a solid set of approaches and tools for this task is of crucial importance for any
data scientist. This course introduces the most relevant methods and shows how unsupervised
learning techniques can be utilized to find robust and meaningful features. By doing so, concepts
and techniques are demonstrated by tangible examples which reflect usage of these techniques to
generate added value for the society as a whole as opposed to ethical questionable use cases.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the notions of unsupervised learning and feature selection.

▪ recall commonly-applied clustering models.
▪ understand the concept and utility of dimensionality reduction and manifold learning.
▪ describe effective approaches to feature engineering.
▪ discuss the methods of automatic feature generation and selection.
▪ reflect on societal and sustainability implications of applying the learned skills to different
use cases including ethical questions.

Contents
1. Introduction to Unsupervised Machine Learning and Feature Engineering
1.1 Unsupervised machine learning
1.2 Feature engineering

2. Clustering
2.1 K-Means
2.2 Gaussian mixture model clustering
2.3 Hierarchical clustering

www.iu.org
118 DLBDSMLUSL01

3. Dimensionality Reduction
3.1 Principal component analysis
3.2 Multi-dimensional scaling
3.3 Locally linear embedding

4. Feature Engineering
4.1 Numerical features
4.2 Categorial features
4.3 Text features

5. Feature Selection
5.1 Feature importance
5.2 Feature variance
5.3 Correlation matrix
5.4 Recursive feature selection

6. Automated Feature Generation

6.1 Automated feature generation
6.2 Feature engineering versus deep learning

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bonaccorso, G. (2019). Hands-on unsupervised learning with Python: Implement machine
learning and deep learning models using Scikit-Learn, TensorFlow, and more. Packt
Publishing Ltd.
▪ Celebi, M. E., & Aydin, K. (Eds.). (2016). Unsupervised learning algorithms. Springer
International Publishing.
▪ Kane, F. (2017). Hands-on data science and Python machine learning. Packt Publishing Ltd.
▪ Patel, A. A. (2019). Hands-on unsupervised learning using Python: How to build applied
machine learning solutions from unlabeled data. O’Reilly Media.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLUSL01 119

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
120 DLBDSMLUSL01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDSSE 121

Data Science Software Engineering

Module Code: DLBDSDSSE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSIPWP01 or BA 5 150 h
DLBDSIPWP01_D;
DLBDSOOFPP01 or IOBP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Max Pumperla (Data Science Software Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Science Software Engineering (DLBDSDSSE01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Traditional project management
▪ Agile project management
▪ Testing
▪ Software development paradigms
▪ From model to production

www.iu.org
122 DLBDSDSSE

Learning Outcomes
Data Science Software Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the concept of project management approaches.
▪ apply agile approaches in software development.
▪ create automated software tests.
▪ understand various software development paradigms.
▪ evaluate the necessary steps to bring models into a production environment.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology field

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDSSE01 123

Data Science Software Engineering

Course Code: DLBDSDSSE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSIPWP01 or
English DLBDSIPWP01_D;
DLBDSOOFPP01 or IOBP01

Course Description
A core part of data science is creating value from data. This means not only the creation of
sophisticated predictive models but also the development of these models according to modern
software development principles.This course gives a detailed overview of the relevant methods
and paradigms which data scientists need to know in order to develop enterprise-grade
models.This course discusses traditional and agile project management techniques, highlighting
both the Kanban and Scrum approaches. It explores relevant software development paradigms
such as test-driven development, pair programming, mob programming, and extreme
programming.Special focus is given to the topic of testing and the consideration of how to bring a
model into a production environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the concept of project management approaches.

▪ apply agile approaches in software development.
▪ create automated software tests.
▪ understand various software development paradigms.
▪ evaluate the necessary steps to bring models into a production environment.

Contents
1. Traditional Project Management
1.1 Requirements engineering
1.2 Waterfall model
1.3 Rational unified process

2. Agile Project Management

2.1 Criticism of the waterfall model
2.2 Introduction to SCRUM
2.3 Introduction to Kanban

www.iu.org
124 DLBDSDSSE01

3. Testing
3.1 Why testing?
3.2 Unit trests
3.3 Integration tests
3.4 Performance monitoring

4. Software Development Paradigms

4.1 Test-driven development (TDD)
4.2 Pair programming
4.3 Mob programming
4.4 Extreme programming

5. From Model to Production

5.1 Continuous delivery
5.2 Continuous integration
5.3 Building a scalable environment

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Brookshear, G., & Brylow, D. (2019). Computer science: An overview. Pearson Education.
▪ Hunt, A., & Thomas, D. (1999). The pragmatic programmer: From journeyman to master.
Addison-Wesley.
▪ Martin, R. C. (2008). Clean code. Prentice Hall.
▪ Sammons, A. (2019). Agile project management with Scrum + Kanban 2 In 1: The last 2
approaches you’ll need to become more productive and meet your project goals. M & M
Limitless.
▪ Stephens, R. (2015). Beginning software engineering. John Wiley & Sons

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDSSE01 125

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
126 DLBDSDSSE01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMTP 127

Project: From Model to Production

Module Code: DLBDSMTP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSDSSE01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSIPWP01,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Project: From Model to Production)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: From Model to Production (DLBDSMTP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Oral Project Report
Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course focuses on creating a setup which allows the integration of a predictive model into an
enterprise-grade application or service.

www.iu.org
128 DLBDSMTP

Learning Outcomes
Project: From Model to Production
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the challenges of integrating a predictive model into an application or service.
▪ evaluate the constraints a project imposes on the execution of a predictive model.
▪ analyze the requirements regarding data acquisition, storage, and processing.
▪ identify the necessary monitoring components required for reliable execution of the
predictive model.
▪ create and design a production environment for storing, accessing, and serving the
predictive model.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMTP01 129

Project: From Model to Production

Course Code: DLBDSMTP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSDSSE01,
English DLBDSIPWP01,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Course Description
This project course will give students hands-on experience in the challenging task of bringing a
predictive model into a production environment. Students will need to consider practical aspects
such as data storage and processing, as well as constraints such as service availability and the
maximum amount of time a model is allowed to run due to external project requirements.Through
this course, students will obtain holistic overview of the integration of predictive models into
enterprise-grade applications or services.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the challenges of integrating a predictive model into an application or service.

▪ evaluate the constraints a project imposes on the execution of a predictive model.
▪ analyze the requirements regarding data acquisition, storage, and processing.
▪ identify the necessary monitoring components required for reliable execution of the
predictive model.
▪ create and design a production environment for storing, accessing, and serving the
predictive model.

Contents
▪ This project course focuses on practical aspects of ensuring that a predictive model can run
in a production environment. The students start with a chosen use case and model and then
evaluate the requirements which need to be fulfilled so that the model can be used as part
of an enterprise application or app. Students need to evaluate requirements in terms of data
storage, processing and throughput, and availability of the service, as well as the persistency,
serving, and versioning of the model itself. Monitoring the execution of model predictions
and raising alerts in cases of operational issues is a core part of building a reliable model
pipeline. All relevant artifacts and considerations are documented by the students in a
project report.

www.iu.org
130 DLBDSMTP01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Geron, A. (2017). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. Sebastopol,
CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Karau, H., Konwinski, A., Wendell, A., & Zaharia, M. (2015). Learning spark: Lightning-fast data
analysis. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive Aapplications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Kuhn, M., & Johnson, K. (2013). Applied predictive modeling. New York, NY: Springer.
▪ Maydanchik, A. (2007). Data quality assessment. Denville, NJ: Technics Publications.
▪ Müller, A., & Guido, S. (2016). Introduction to machine learning with Python: A guide for data
scientists. Boston, MA: O’Reilly.
▪ Narkhede, N., Shapira, G., & Palino, T. (2017). Kafka: The definitive guide: Real-time data and
stream processing at scale. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Psaltis, A. (2017). Streaming data: Understanding the real-time pipeline. Shelter Island, NY:
Manning Publications.
▪ White, T. (2015). Hadoop: The definitive guide: Storage and analysis at Internet scale.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMTP01 131

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
132 DLBDSMTP01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
4. Semester
 DLBCSAPM 137

Agile Project Management

Module Code: DLBCSAPM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Inga Schlömer (Agile Project Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Agile Project Management (DLBCSAPM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Project Report
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ In this course, students are taught action competences in the field of agile project
management. They will be familiarized with the values, activities, roles, and artifacts of agile
procedures using Scrum as an example.

www.iu.org
138 DLBCSAPM

Learning Outcomes
Agile Project Management
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the differences between agile and plan-driven project management.
▪ explain agile principles.
▪ work together in an agile manner according to the values defined in Scrum.
▪ apply the activities defined in Scrum.
▪ take responsibility for the roles defined in Scrum.
▪ create and maintain the artefacts defined in Scrum.
▪ consider the increasing relevance of international, intercultural and virtual collaboration in
projects.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
 DLBCSAPM01 139

Agile Project Management

Course Code: DLBCSAPM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Students will receive a practical introduction to agile project management in this course. In
addition to teaching its individual basic principles, the differences between agile project
management and plan-driven project management will be examined in detail. In order to
understand and experience agile project management, the values, activities, roles, and artefacts of
typical agile procedures are presented using Scrum and then practiced on an example project.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the differences between agile and plan-driven project management.

▪ explain agile principles.
▪ work together in an agile manner according to the values defined in Scrum.
▪ apply the activities defined in Scrum.
▪ take responsibility for the roles defined in Scrum.
▪ create and maintain the artefacts defined in Scrum.
▪ consider the increasing relevance of international, intercultural and virtual collaboration in
projects.

Contents
▪ This course teaches students various skills in the field of agile project management. In
contrast to plan-driven project management, the principles of agility used in modern
software development are taught. Using the example of Scrum, students will acquire skills in
applying an agile approach, and then apply their knowledge of respective roles and activities
in a simple project to gain initial practical experience, documenting it in a project report. The
content of the projects results from the individual abilities and requirements of the
students.

www.iu.org
140 DLBCSAPM01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Apress.Agile Alliance (2021). Subway Map to Agile Practices. (URL: https://
www.agilealliance.org/agile101/subway-map-to-agile-practices/ [last accessed on
23.06.2021]).
▪ Beck, K. et al. (2001). Manifesto for Agile Software Development. (URL: https://
agilemanifesto.org/ [last accessed on 23.06.2021]).
▪ Chovanova, H. et al. (2020). Agile Project Management ― What is It?:IEEE. In 18th International
Conference on Emerging eLearning Technologies and Applications (ICETA), Emerging
eLearning Technologies and Applications (ICETA), 2020 18th International Conference.
▪ Dalton, Jeff (2019). Great Big Agile. An OS for Agile Leaders.
▪ Douglass, B. P. (2016). Agile systems engineering. Morgan Kaufmann, p. 151-160
▪ Project Management Institute (2017). Agile Practice Guide. Project Management Institute.
▪ Measey P./Radtac (2015). Agile Foundations -Principles, Practices and Frameworks. BCS The
Chartered Institute for IT, p. 131-140, p. 148-152.
▪ Schwaber, K./Sutherland, J. (2020). The Scrum Guide. (URL: https://scrumguides.org/docs/
scrumguide/v2020/2020-Scrum-Guide-US.pdf#zoom=100 [last accessed on 23.06.2021])

www.iu.org
 DLBCSAPM01 141

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
142 DLBCSAPM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSBDT 143

Big Data Technologies

Module Code: DLBDSBDT

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBCSDMDS01 BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Big Data Technologies)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Big Data Technologies (DLBDSBDT01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Data types and data sources
▪ Text-based and binary data formats
▪ Distributed systems
▪ Streaming frameworks
▪ NoSQL approach to data storage

www.iu.org
144 DLBDSBDT

Learning Outcomes
Big Data Technologies
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ name types and sources of data.
▪ understand text-based and binary data formats.
▪ analyze the requirements and constraints of distributed analysis systems.
▪ evaluate the applications of streaming frameworks.
▪ describe the motivation for NoSQL data stores and categorize pertaining established
concepts.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSBDT01 145

Big Data Technologies

Course Code: DLBDSBDT01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBCSDMDS01
English

Course Description
Data are often considered the “new oil”, the raw material from which value is created. To harness
the power of data, the data need to be stored and processed on a technical level. This course
introduces the four “Vs” of data, as well as typical data sources and types. The course discusses
the most common data storage formats encountered in modern systems, focusing both on text-
based as well as binary data formats.Handling large amounts of data poses significant challenges
for the underlying infrastructure. The course discusses the most important distributed and
streaming data handling frameworks which are used in leading edge applications.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ name types and sources of data.

▪ understand text-based and binary data formats.
▪ analyze the requirements and constraints of distributed analysis systems.
▪ evaluate the applications of streaming frameworks.
▪ describe the motivation for NoSQL data stores and categorize pertaining established
concepts.

Contents
1. Data Types and Data Sources
1.1 The 4Vs of data: volume, velocity, variety, veracity
1.2 Data sources
1.3 Data types

2. Text-Based and Binary Data Formats

2.1 Simple formats: CSV, YAML
2.2 XML
2.3 JSON
2.4 Hierarchical data format 5 (HDF 5)
2.5 Apache Parquet
2.6 Apache Arrow

www.iu.org
146 DLBDSBDT01

3. NoSQL data stores

3.1 Introduction and motivation
3.2 Approaches and technical concepts

4. Distributed Systems
4.1 Hadoop & MapReduce
4.2 Hadoop file system (HDFS)
4.3 Spark
4.4 DASK

5. Streaming Frameworks
5.1 Spark streaming
5.2 Kafka

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Karau, H., Konwinski, A., Wendell, A., & Zaharia, M. (2015). Learning spark: Lightning-fast data
analysis. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Narkhede, N., Shapira, G., & Palino, T. (2017). Kafka: The definitive guide: Real-time data and
stream processing at scale. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Psaltis, A. (2017). Streaming data: Understanding the real-time pipeline. Shelter Island, NY:
Manning.
▪ White, T. (2015). Hadoop: The definitive guide: Storage and analysis at Internet scale.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSBDT01 147

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
148 DLBDSBDT01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDQDW 149

Data Quality and Data Wrangling

Module Code: DLBDSDQDW

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSIPWP01 or BA 5 150 h
DLBDSIPWP01_D,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Data Quality and Data Wrangling)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Quality and Data Wrangling (DLBDSDQDW01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Written Assignment
Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Data quality and associated management techniques
▪ Data acquisition from public sources
▪ Working with relevant data formats
▪ Techniques for shaping and tidying data for analysis

www.iu.org
150 DLBDSDQDW

Learning Outcomes
Data Quality and Data Wrangling
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ discuss the fundamental aspects of data quality.
▪ describe common approaches to data quality management.
▪ use various methods to gather data from websites and other public data sources.
▪ work with established data formats.
▪ explain widely-used techniques for data preparation.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDQDW01 151

Data Quality and Data Wrangling

Course Code: DLBDSDQDW01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSIPWP01 or
English DLBDSIPWP01_D,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Course Description
The goal of data science can be summarized as the extraction of insights (hence, value) from data.
It is self-evident that this objective cannot be successfully achieved based on unreliable and
untrustworthy data. This course aims at establishing the notion of data quality and the pertinent
methods for data quality management. Furthermore, techniques for acquiring data as well as
formatting and tidying data in order to make it suitable for subsequent analytical treatment are
covered.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ discuss the fundamental aspects of data quality.

▪ describe common approaches to data quality management.
▪ use various methods to gather data from websites and other public data sources.
▪ work with established data formats.
▪ explain widely-used techniques for data preparation.

Contents
1. Data Quality
1.1 Introduction to data quality
1.2 Data quality dimensions and issue types

2. Data Quality Management

2.1 Data governance and stewardship
2.2 Activities and processes

3. Data Acquisition
3.1 Web scraping
3.2 Data APIs

www.iu.org
152 DLBDSDQDW01

4. Working with Common Data Formats

4.1 Text-based formats (CSV, XML, JSON)
4.2 Binary formats (HDF 5, Parquet, Arrow)

5. Tidy Data
5.1 Structuring
5.2 Cleansing
5.3 Enrichment

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ King, T., & Schwarzenbach, J. (2020). Managing data quality: A practical guide. BCS.
▪ Loshin, D. (2011). The practitioner’s guide to data quality improvement. Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Maydanchik, A. (2007). Data quality assessment. Technics Publications.
▪ Fürber, C. (2016). Data quality management with semantic technologies (1st ed.). Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDQDW01 153

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
154 DLBDSDQDW01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDAV 155

Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization

Module Code: DLBDSEDAV

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSIPWP01 or BA 5 150 h
DLBDSIPWP01_D,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization (DLBDSEDAV01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Written Assignment
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Exploratory data analysis
▪ Principles of data visualization
▪ Established visualization types and apposite use cases
▪ Commonly-used Python modules for visualization
▪ Principles of effective visual communication

www.iu.org
156 DLBDSEDAV

Learning Outcomes
Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize foundational concepts of exploratory data analysis.
▪ cite principles of data visualization.
▪ identify well-established types of visualizations and their appropriate uses.
▪ describe visualization best practices.
▪ understand practical data visualization fundamentals in Python.
▪ use different approaches for effective visual communication of data science results.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDAV01 157

Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization

Course Code: DLBDSEDAV01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSIPWP01 or
English DLBDSIPWP01_D,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Course Description
Obtaining an overview of the salient characteristics of a data set is one of the core activities at the
outset of any data analysis endeavour. The corresponding activities, methods, and techniques are
grouped under the term “exploratory data analysis”. During exploratory data analysis, gaining
insight into a given data set is often aided by the application of suitable visualization techniques.
The utility of visualization, however, does not end at this stage; it is also crucial for communicating
analytical outcomes. This course first introduces a set of approaches, tools, and techniques that
are useful for exploring data sets. It then takes a thorough look at the subject area of
visualization, which is presented in detail by an exposition arc that spans from first principles of
visualization to practical implementation to insights into the communication of data science
results and findings.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize foundational concepts of exploratory data analysis.

▪ cite principles of data visualization.
▪ identify well-established types of visualizations and their appropriate uses.
▪ describe visualization best practices.
▪ understand practical data visualization fundamentals in Python.
▪ use different approaches for effective visual communication of data science results.

Contents
1. Exploratory Data Analysis
1.1 Location and variability
1.2 Further exploration of data distribution
1.3 Covariance and correlation

2. Data Visualization Principles

2.1 Coordinates and axes
2.2 Color spaces
2.3 Graph types

www.iu.org
158 DLBDSEDAV01

3. Data Visualization Practice

3.1 Amounts, proportions, associations, and distributions
3.2 Time series and trends
3.3 Geo-spatial data

4. Visualization in Python – Matplotlib and Seaborn

4.1 Introduction to PyPlot, Matplotlib, and Seaborn
4.2 Basic plots
4.3 Geo-spatial plots

5. Communicating Data Science

5.1 Unclutter, focus, and capture attention
5.2 Lessons from design
5.3 Principles of storytelling with data

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Anderson, C. (2015). Creating a data-driven organization. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.
▪ Bruce, A., & Bruce, P. (2017). Practical statistics for data scientists. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly
Media.
▪ Grobmann, T., & Dobler, M. (2019). Data visualization with Python. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Nussbaumer Knaflic, C. (2015). Storytelling with data: A data visualization guide for business
professionals. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.
▪ Wilke, C. O. (2019). Fundamentals of data visualization. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDAV01 159

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
160 DLBDSEDAV01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSCC 161

Cloud Computing
Module Code: DLBDSCC

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Thomas Zöller (Cloud Computing)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Cloud Computing (DLBDSCC01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Cloud computing fundamentals
▪ Relevant enabling technologies for cloud computing
▪ Introduction to serverless computing
▪ Established cloud platforms
▪ Cloud offerings for data science and analytics

www.iu.org
162 DLBDSCC

Learning Outcomes
Cloud Computing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of cloud computing and cloud service models.
▪ recognize enabling technologies that underlie current cloud offerings.
▪ cite the principles of serverless computing.
▪ analyze characteristics of established cloud offerings.
▪ describe cloud options for data science and machine learning

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSCC01 163

Cloud Computing
Course Code: DLBDSCC01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Many of the recent advances in data science, particularly machine learning and artificial
intelligence, rely on comprehensive data storage and computing power. Cloud computing is one
way of providing that power in a scalable way, without considerable upfront investment in
hardware and software resources. This course introduces the area of cloud computing together
with its enabling technologies. Moreover, the most cutting-edge advances like serverless
computing and storage are illustrated. Finally, a thorough overview on popular cloud offerings,
especially in regard to analytics capabilities, is given.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of cloud computing and cloud service models.

▪ recognize enabling technologies that underlie current cloud offerings.
▪ cite the principles of serverless computing.
▪ analyze characteristics of established cloud offerings.
▪ describe cloud options for data science and machine learning

Contents
1. Introduction to Cloud Computing
1.1 Fundamentals of Cloud computing
1.2 Cloud Service Models
1.3 Benefits and Risks

2. Enabling Technology
2.1 Virtualization and Containerization
2.2 Storage Technology
2.3 Networks and RESTful Services

3. Serverless Computing
3.1 Introduction to Serverless Computing
3.2 Benefits
3.3 Limitations

www.iu.org
164 DLBDSCC01

4. Established Cloud Platforms

4.1 General Overview
4.2 Google Cloud Platform
4.3 Amazon Web Services
4.4 Microsoft Azure
4.5 Platform Comparison

5. Data Science in the Cloud

5.1 Provider-independent services and tools
5.2 Google Data Science and Machine Learning Services
5.3 Amazon Web Services Data Science and Machine Learning Services
5.4 Microsoft Azure Data Science and Machine Learning Services

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Chapin, J., & Roberts, M. (2017). What is serverless? Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.
▪ Goessling, S., & Jackson, K. L. (2018). Architecting cloud computing solutions. Birmingham:
Packt Publishing.
▪ Kavis, M. J. (2014). Architecting the cloud: Design decisions for cloud computing service
models (SaaS, PaaS, and IaaS). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
▪ Mahmood, Z., Puttini, R., & Erl, T. (2013). Cloud computing: Concepts, technology &
architecture. Boston, MA: Prentice Hall.
▪ Rafaels, R. (2018). Cloud computing (2nd ed.). Scotts Valley, CA: CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform.
▪ Sehgal, N. K., & Bhatt, P. C. P. (2018). Cloud computing: Concepts and practices. Cham: Springer.
▪ Zonooz, P. Farr, E., Arora, K., & Laszewski, T. (2018). Cloud native architectures. Birmingham:
Packt Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSCC01 165

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
166 DLBDSCC01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSECDS 167

Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science

Module Code: DLBDSSECDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Claudia Hess (Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science (DLBDSSECDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Research Essay
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Research Essay

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course aims at creating an awareness of the ethical implications of data science techniques
and methodologies. To this end, students will be given the opportunity to acquaint themselves
with current literature on the topic and explore the pertinent lines of thinking.

www.iu.org
168 DLBDSSECDS

Learning Outcomes
Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ contemplate ethical considerations in the field of data science.
▪ descibe how the application of data science methodology may have adverse ethical effects.
▪ reason about the ethical impacts of data science, both on a personal level and for society at
large.
▪ explain how existing biases and inequalities could be amplified by technology.
▪ treat in a scientific manner a selected topic in the form of a written essay.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSECDS01 169

Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science

Course Code: DLBDSSECDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Online trade, social media, media delivery, mass consumption, customer relationship
management, hiring decisions, and more: There are hardly any aspects of contemporary life that
are not affected by the application of data science methodologies and techniques. Thus, it is of
central importance to gain an awareness of these implications and a thorough understanding of
the ethical issues in question in order to be an informed practitioner in this field.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ contemplate ethical considerations in the field of data science.

▪ descibe how the application of data science methodology may have adverse ethical effects.
▪ reason about the ethical impacts of data science, both on a personal level and for society at
large.
▪ explain how existing biases and inequalities could be amplified by technology.
▪ treat in a scientific manner a selected topic in the form of a written essay.

Contents
▪ This seminar covers ethical implications of the use of data science methods and techniques.
Each participant is expected to write a paper on an assigned topic.

www.iu.org
170 DLBDSSECDS01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Association for Computing Machinery (ACM) (2018).ACM Code of Ethics and Professional
Conduct. Retrieved from https://www.acm.org/code-of-ethics.
▪ Baer, T. (2019). Understand, Manage, and Prevent Algorithmic Bias. A Guide for Business Users
and Data Scientists. Apress.
▪ Bloom, P. (2019). Monitored. Business and surveillance in a time of big data. Pluto Press;
Knowledge Unlatched.
▪ Garzcarek, U. & Steuer, D. (2019). Approaching Ethical Guidelines for Data Scientists.
In Bauer,N., Ickstadt, K., Lübke, K.,Szepannek,G., Trautmann, H.&Vichi, M.(Eds.): Applications in
statistical computing. From music data analysis to industrial quality improvement(pp.151–169).
Springer.
▪ O'Neil, C. (2017). Weapons of math destruction: How big data increases inequality and
threatens democracy. Broadway Books.
▪ O'Neil, C. (2017). Weapons of math destruction: How big data increases inequality and
threatens democracy. Broadway Books.
▪ Yarali, A., Joyce, R.& Dixon, B. (2020, April 22-24). Ethics of Big Data: Privacy, Security and
Trust.2020 Wireless Telecommunications Symposium (WTS), Washington DC, United States.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSECDS01 171

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
172 DLBDSSECDS01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
5. Semester
 DLBDSTSA 177

Time Series Analysis

Module Code: DLBDSTSA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSSPDS01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSSIS01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Time Series Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Time Series Analysis (DLBDSTSA01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to time series analysis
▪ Time series components
▪ Simple models
▪ ARMA models
▪ Holt-Winters models
▪ Advanced topics

www.iu.org
178 DLBDSTSA

Learning Outcomes
Time Series Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify the fundamental concepts of time series analysis.
▪ cite the components of time series.
▪ create simple time series models.
▪ analyze time series data with ARMA and Holt-Winter models.
▪ understand advanced topics in time series analysis.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSTSA01 179

Time Series Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSTSA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSSPDS01, DLBDSSIS01
English

Course Description
Many types of data describe patterns of events which occur sequentially and show dependencies
on previous events, e.g., the number of guests in a hospitality service or the number of products
sold in a retail outlet. These data show a particular temporal structure which can include
additional effects such as seasonality or dependencies on external events.This course focuses on
understanding time series data. After a general introduction to the elements of time series
analysis, this course discusses ARMA-based models (Box-Jenkins approach) and the alternative
Holt-Winters formalism, both of which are used for time series analysis and forecasting.This
course also includes a discussion about advanced topics in time series analysis such as the
handling of multiple seasonalities and framing a problem statement in the context of supervised
learning.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify the fundamental concepts of time series analysis.

▪ cite the components of time series.
▪ create simple time series models.
▪ analyze time series data with ARMA and Holt-Winter models.
▪ understand advanced topics in time series analysis.

Contents
1. Introduction to Time-Series Analysis
1.1 What are time series?
1.2 Auto-correlation & partial auto-correlation

2. Time-Series Components
2.1 Trend
2.2 Seasonality
2.3 Residuals

www.iu.org
180 DLBDSTSA01

3. Simple Models
3.1 Simple average
3.2 Moving average
3.3 Weighted moving average

4. ARMA Models
4.1 Box-Jenkins formalism
4.2 Handling non-stationary models: ARIMA
4.3 Seasonal ARIMA models: SARIMA
4.4 Seasonal models with external variables: SARIMAX

5. Holt-Winters Models
5.1 Simple exponential smoothing
5.2 Dealing with trends: double exponential smoothing
5.3 Dealing with seasonality: triple exponential smoothing

6. Advanced topics
6.1 Multiple seasonalities
6.2 Time series forecasting as a supervised learning problem

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Brockwell, P. J., & Davis, R. A. (2016). Introduction to time series and
forecasting (3rd ed.). Springer.
▪ Hyndman, R. J., & Athanasopoulos, G. (2021). Forecasting: Principles and practice (3rd
ed.). OTexts.
▪ Nielsen, A. (2019). Practical time series analysis: Prediction with statistics & machine
learning.O’Reilly.
▪ Shumway, R. H., & Stoffer, D. S. (2017). Time series analysis and its applications—With R
examples(4th ed.). Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSTSA01 181

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
182 DLBDSTSA01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSNNDL 183

Neural Nets and Deep Learning

Module Code: DLBDSNNDL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSMLSL01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMLUSL01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Neural Nets and Deep Learning)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Neural Nets and Deep Learning (DLBDSNNDL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Assignment
Study Format: myStudies
Oral Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to neural networks
▪ Feed-forward networks
▪ Avoiding overtraining
▪ Convolutional neural networks
▪ Recurrent neural networks

www.iu.org
184 DLBDSNNDL

Learning Outcomes
Neural Nets and Deep Learning
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamental building blocks of neural networks.
▪ identify different network training approaches.
▪ create feed-forward neural networks.
▪ analyze network training and how to avoid overtraining.
▪ apply advanced network concepts to create convolutional and recurrent neural networks.
▪ reason about the influence of model design and data selection on model outcomes in terms
of social and personal equity.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSNNDL01 185

Neural Nets and Deep Learning

Course Code: DLBDSNNDL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSMLSL01,
English DLBDSMLUSL01

Course Description
Neural networks and deep learning approaches have revolutionized the fields of data science and
artificial intelligence in recent years, and applications built on these techniques have reached or
surpassed human performance in many specialized applications.After a short review of the origins
of neural networks and deep learning, this course discusses in detail how feed-forward networks
are set up and trained. Special focus is given on how to avoid overtraining in neural networks.In
addition to feed-forward neural networks, this course covers additional common network
architectures such as convolutional and recurrent neural networks. Moreover, by means of the
accompanying video material and online tutorial support the impact of design choices and the
data collection process on questions of algorithmic fairness both in terms of its individual as well
as its societal dimension will be discussed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamental building blocks of neural networks.

▪ identify different network training approaches.
▪ create feed-forward neural networks.
▪ analyze network training and how to avoid overtraining.
▪ apply advanced network concepts to create convolutional and recurrent neural networks.
▪ reason about the influence of model design and data selection on model outcomes in terms
of social and personal equity.

Contents
1. Introduction to Neural Networks
1.1 The biological brain
1.2 Building blocks of neural networks
1.3 Deep versus shallow networks
1.4 Supervised learning
1.5 Reinforcement learning

www.iu.org
186 DLBDSNNDL01

2. Feed-forward Networks
2.1 Architecture and weight initialization
2.2 Cost functions
2.3 Backpropagation and gradient descent
2.4 Batch normalization

3. Overtraining Avoidance
3.1 What is overtraining?
3.2 Early stopping
3.3 L1 and L2 regularization
3.4 Dropout
3.5 Weight pruning

4. Convolutional Neural Networks

4.1 Motivation and applications
4.2 Convolution and image filtering
4.3 CNN architecture
4.4 Popular convolutional networks

5. Recurrent Neural Networks

5.1 Recurrent neurons
5.2 Memory cells
5.3 LSTMs
5.4 Training RNNs: Unrolling through time

www.iu.org
 DLBDSNNDL01 187

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Chollet, F. (2017). Deep learning with Python
.
Shelter Island, NY: Manning.
▪ Efron, B., & Hastie, T. (2016). Computer age statistical inference
.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
▪ Gebru, T., and Woolery, E. (n.d.): Machine learning, bias, and product design. [Interview].
Design Better. Retrieved from https://www.designbetter.co/conversations/timnit-gebru.
▪ Geron, A. (2017). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow
.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Goodfellow, I., Bengio, Y., & Courville, A. (2016). Deep learning
.
Boston, MA: MIT Press.
▪ Grus, J. (2019). Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. Sebastopol, CA:
O’Reilley Publishing.

www.iu.org
188 DLBDSNNDL01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSNNDL01 189

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSNNDL01
 DLBDSEDE 191

Data Engineer
Module Code: DLBDSEDE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Data Engineering ) / N.N. (Project: Data Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE01)

▪ Project: Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Data Engineering
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Engineering

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
192 DLBDSEDE

Module Contents

Data Engineering
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
Data Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. Technology field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE01 193

Data Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEDE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course explores concepts of data engineering. Data engineering is concerned with the
infrastructure aspects of data science such as data storage and provision, as well as the
provisioning of suitable operational environments.After laying out foundational notions and
concepts of the discipline, this course addresses important developments in storage technology;
aspects of systems architecture for processing data at scale; containerization as a modern take on
virtualization; and the logic of data pipelines and associated operational aspects. Important
issues pertaining to data security and protection are also given appropriate attention.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.

▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Contents
1. Foundations of Data Engineering
1.1 Reliability
1.2 Scalability
1.3 Maintainability

2. NoSQL In Depth
2.1 Fundamentals of NoSQL
2.2 Established NoSQL solutions

3. Architectures for Data Processing at Scale

3.1 Batch processing architectures
3.2 Architectures for stream and complex event processing
3.3 Lambda architecture

www.iu.org
194 DLBDSEDE01

4. Containerization In Depth
4.1 Docker containers
4.2 Container management

5. Governance & Security

5.1 Data protection
5.2 Data security
5.3 Data governance

6. Operational Aspects
6.1 Defining principles of DataOps
6.2 Building and maintaining data pipelines
6.3 Metrics and monitoring

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O‘Reilly.
▪ Marz, N., & Warren, J. (2015). Big data: Principles and best practices of scalable realtime data
systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications.
▪ Matthias, K., & Kane, S. P. (2018). Docker: Up & running (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Miell, I., & Sayers, A. (2019). Docker in practice (2nd ed.). Shelter Island, NY: Manning
Publications.
▪ Muhammad, S., & Akhtar, F. (2018). Big data architect's handbook. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Schenker, G. N. (2018). Learn Docker - Fundamentals of Docker 18.x: Get up and running with
the concepts of Docker. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
▪ Wilson, J., Redmond, E., & Perkins, L. (2018). Seven databases in seven weeks (2nd ed.).
Raleigh, NC: Pragmatic Bookshelf.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE01 195

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
196 DLBDSEDE02

Project: Data Engineering

Course Code: DLBDSEDE02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world data engineering use case in the
form of a student portfolio. To this end, students choose a project subject from the various sub-
domains of data engineering. Examples include setting up a Docker container environment or
dockerized service; implementing a data pipeline according to DataOps principles; and setting up
an NoSQL data store.The goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer theoretical
knowledge to an implementation scenario that closely mimics practical work in a professional
data engineering setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.

▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of approaches and techniques covered in
the preceding methodological course in a project-oriented setting. Each participant must
produce a portfolio detailing and documenting the work. Porfolio themes are chosen from a
list, or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE02 197

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O‘Reilly.
▪ Marz, N., & Warren, J. (2015). Big data: Principles and best practices of scalable realtime data
systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications.
▪ Matthias, K., & Kane, S. P. (2018). Docker: Up & running (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Miell, I., & Sayers, A. (2019). Docker in practice (2nd ed.). Shelter Island, NY: Manning
Publications.
▪ Muhammad, S., & Akhtar, F. (2018). Big data architect's handbook. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Schenker, G. N. (2018). Learn Docker - Fundamentals of Docker 18.x: Get up and running with
the concepts of Docker. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
▪ Wilson, J., Redmond, E., & Perkins, L. (2018). Seven databases in seven weeks (2nd ed.).
Raleigh, NC: Pragmatic Bookshelf.

www.iu.org
198 DLBDSEDE02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA 199

Data Analyst
Module Code: DLBDSEDA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Silke Vaas (Advanced Data Analysis) / N.N. (Project: Data Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01)

▪ Project: Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Advanced Data Analysis

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Analysis

• Study Format "myStudies": Portfolio
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
200 DLBDSEDA

Module Contents

Advanced Data Analysis

▪ Business performance analytics
▪ Text mining
▪ Web- and social media analytics
▪ Experimentation and testing

Project: Data Analysis

Transfer of methodological knowledge to the implementation of real-world analytics use cases

from the above-mentioned problem domains.

Learning Outcomes
Advanced Data Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.
▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Project: Data Analysis

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.
▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA01 201

Advanced Data Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSEDA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course introduces several advanced analytics subjects of practical relevance. The subject
areas covered span from business performance measurement and analytics, text mining, and web-
and social media analytics to current trends in experimental design and setup. Along this journey
topics such as the design of key performance indicators (KPIs), business process analytics, word
frequency and semantic analysis, data science on clickstreams, social media interactions, and
multi-armed bandit testing are addressed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.

▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Contents
1. Business Performance Analytics
1.1 KPI design considerations
1.2 Common business performance indicators
1.3 Business process mining

2. Text Analytics
2.1 Word and document frequency (TF-IDF)
2.2 Semantic analysis

3. Web Analytics
3.1 Web metrics
3.2 Clickstream analytics
3.3 Recommender systems

www.iu.org
202 DLBDSEDA01

4. Social Network Mining

4.1 Introduction to social media analytics
4.2 Mining common social media platforms

5. Testing and Experimentation

5.1 Practical A/B testing
5.2 Multivariate tests
5.3 Multi-armed bandit testing

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009). Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability & science of
customercentricity. Wiley.
▪ Lane, H., Howard, C., & Hapke, H. (2019). Natural language processing in action:
Understanding,analyzing, and generating text with Python. Manning.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2019). Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winningKPIs (4th ed.). Wiley.
▪ Russell, M. A., & Klassen, M. (2019). Mining the social web: Data mining Facebook, Twitter,
Linkedin,Instagram, Github, and more (3rd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Siroker, D., & Koomen, P. (2013). A/B testing: The most powerful way to turn clicks into
customers.Wiley.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA01 203

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
204 DLBDSEDA01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA02 205

Project: Data Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSEDA02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world, advanced analytics use case in the
form of a student project. Primary subject areas for this practical work include business
performance analytics, text mining, web- and social analytics, and experimentation and testing.The
goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer the theoretical knowledge acquired in
Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) to an implementation scenario that closely mimics project
work in a professional data science setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.

▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of the approaches and techniques covered
in the course Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) in a project-oriented setting. Each
participant must produce a project report detailing and documenting their work. Project
tasks are chosen from a list or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
206 DLBDSEDA02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hapke, H. / Howard, C. / Lane, H. (2019): Natural language processing in action.: Manning
Publications, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009): Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability and science of customer
centricity. Sybex, Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Klassen, M. / Russell, M. A. (2019): Mining the social web. 3rd edition. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Marr, B. (2012): Key Performance Indicators (KPI). Pearson, Boston, MA.
▪ Neely, A. (Ed.) (2011): Business performance measurement: Unifying theory and integrating
practice. 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Ojeda, T. / Bilbro, R. / Bengfort, B. (2018): Applied text analysis with Python. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2015): Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winning KPIs. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA02 207

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
208 DLBDSEDA02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS 209

AI Specialist
Module Code: DLBDSEAIS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ulrich Kerzel (Artificial Intelligence) / N.N. (Project: Artificial Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS01)

▪ Project: Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Artificial Intelligence
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Artificial Intelligence

• Study Format "Fernstudium": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
210 DLBDSEAIS

Module Contents

Artificial Intelligence
▪ History of AI
▪ Modern AI systems
▪ Reinforcement learning
▪ Natural language processing
▪ Computer vision

Project: Artificial Intelligence

This course focuses on developing a simple AI system for a specific application and domain. A
current list of topics is located in the Learning Management System.

Learning Outcomes
Artificial Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.
▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Project: Artificial Intelligence

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.
▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 211

Artificial Intelligence
Course Code: DLBDSEAIS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The quest for artificial intelligence (AI) has captured humanity’s interest for many decades and
has been an active research area since the 1960s. This course will give a detailed overview of the
historical developments, successes, and set-backs in AI, as well as modern approaches in the
development of artificial intelligence.This course gives an introduction to reinforcement learning, a
process similar to how humans and animals experience the world: exploring the environment and
inferring the best course of action.This course also covers the principles of natural language
processing and computer vision, both of which are key ingredients for an artificial intelligence to
be able to interact with its environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.

▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Contents
1. History of AI
1.1 Historical Developments
1.2 AI Winter
1.3 Expert Systems
1.4 Notable Advances

2. Modern AI Systems
2.1 Narrow versus General AI
2.2 Application Areas

www.iu.org
212 DLBDSEAIS01

3. Reinforcement Learning
3.1 What is Reinforcement Learning?
3.2 Markov Chains and Value Function
3.3 Time-Difference and Q Learning

4. Natural Language Processing (NLP)

4.1 Introduction to NLP and Application Areas
4.2 Basic NLP Techniques
4.3 Vectorizing Data

5. Computer Vision
5.1 Introduction to Computer Vision
5.2 Image Representation and Geometry
5.3 Feature Detection
5.4 Semantic Segmentation

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 213

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F./Barry, W./Paradiso, M. (2006): Neuroscience: Exploring the brain. 3rd ed., Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, MD:
▪ Bird S./Klein, E./Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. 2nd ed., O‘Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017): Deep learning with Python. Manning, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016) : Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Geron, A. (2017): Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly,
Boston, MA.
▪ Goodfellow, I./Bengio, Y./Courville, A. (2016): Deep learning. MIT Press, Boston, MA.
▪ Grus, J. (2019): Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilley, Sebastopol,
CA.
▪ Jurafsky, D./Martin, J. H. (2008): Speech and language processing. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ.
▪ Nilsson, N. (2009): The quest for artificial intelligence. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Russell, S./Norvig, P. (2009): Artificial intelligence: A modern approach. 3rd ed., Pearson, Essex.
▪ Sutton, R./Barto, A. (2018): Reinforcement learning: An introduction. 2nd ed., MIT Press,
Boston, MA.
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010): Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool, San Rafael,
CA.
▪ Wiering, M./Otterlo, M. (2012): Reinforcement learning: State of the art. Springer, Berlin.

www.iu.org
214 DLBDSEAIS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 215

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
216 DLBDSEAIS02

Project: Artificial Intelligence

Course Code: DLBDSEAIS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This project course will give students hands-on experience in the challenging task of designing
and developing an AI system for a specific application and domain. Students will need to consider
requirements and practical constraints as well as the desired output of the AI system.Following
this course the students will get holistic overview of developing a specific AI-based application.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.

▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Contents
▪ This project course focuses on understanding and implementing a simple AI system. Based
on the course Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAI01), students will design and implement a
simple AI system. In the first step, students will choose a specific application and domain
and then use the methods from the course to analyze the requirements and outcomes
before implementing their own AI application. All relevant artifacts and considerations are
documented by the students in a course portfolio.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS02 217

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F./Barry, W./Paradiso, M. (2006): Neuroscience: Exploring the brain. 3rd ed., Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, MD:
▪ Bird S./Klein, E./Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. 2nd ed., O‘Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017): Deep learning with Python. Manning, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016) : Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Geron, A. (2017): Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly,
Boston, MA.
▪ Goodfellow, I./Bengio, Y./Courville, A. (2016): Deep learning. MIT Press, Boston, MA.
▪ Grus, J. (2019): Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilley, Sebastopol,
CA.
▪ Jurafsky, D./Martin, J. H. (2008): Speech and language processing. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ.
▪ Nilsson, N. (2009): The quest for artificial intelligence. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Russell, S./Norvig, P. (2009): Artificial intelligence: A modern approach. 3rd ed., Pearson, Essex.
▪ Sutton, R./Barto, A. (2018): Reinforcement learning: An introduction. 2nd ed., MIT Press,
Boston, MA.
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010): Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool, San Rafael,
CA.
▪ Wiering, M./Otterlo, M. (2012): Reinforcement learning: State of the art. Springer, Berlin.

www.iu.org
218 DLBDSEAIS02

Study Format Fernstudium

Study Format Course Type

Fernstudium Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB 219

International Marketing and Branding

Module Code: DLBDSEIMB

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Caterina Fox (International Marketing ) / Caterina Fox (International Brand Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ International Marketing (DLBDSEIMB01)

▪ International Brand Management (DLBDSEIMB02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

International Marketing
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

International Brand Management

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
220 DLBDSEIMB

Module Contents

International Marketing
▪ International marketing strategy
▪ Cultural differences and their significance for marketing
▪ International marketing mix (product, price, promotion, and distribution decisions in an
international environment)
▪ International market research and consumer behavior
▪ Ethical aspects in international marketing
▪ International marketing controlling and six sigma

International Brand Management

▪ Basics of brand management
▪ Framework conditions for brands in international markets
▪ Strategies and concepts of international brands
▪ Brand architectures and brand extension options
▪ Brand management and communication
▪ Brand management according to the stakeholder concept
▪ Brand control and protection

Learning Outcomes
International Marketing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.
▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

International Brand Management

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB 221

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
This module is similar to other modules in Communication fields
the fields of Marketing & Sales

www.iu.org
222 DLBDSEIMB01

International Marketing
Course Code: DLBDSEIMB01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Students are taught the necessity for strategic marketing in an international context. They will
learn about essential cultural differences and their influences on international marketing
management. The basic decisions, standardizations, and adaptations in international marketing
are experienced by the students on the basis of different concepts in the international marketing
mix. The necessity of international market research, strategic planning, and control are taught to
the students, along with the ethical aspects in international marketing. The students analyze
current topics in international marketing management and reflect on them in connection with the
concepts they have learned in this course.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.

▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

Contents
1. Strategic International Marketing
1.1 Internationalization
1.2 Theoretical Foundations of International Market Entry Strategies
1.3 Forms of International Market Entry

2. Cultural Differences as an Aspect of International Marketing

2.1 Overview of Culture
2.2 Cultural Model Based on Hofstede
2.3 Cultural Model Based on Trompenaars

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB01 223

3. Case Studies in International Market Entry and Marketing Strategies

3.1 Case Study: Nivea in South Korea
3.2 Case Study: Bosch and Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH in China
3.3 Case Study: Siemens Mobile in China
3.4 Case Study: Siemens in China

4. International Product Management and Product Development

4.1 Goals of International Product Management
4.2 Framework Conditions for International Product Management
4.3 International Product Decisions
4.4 International Product Development

5. Exchange Rate Fluctuations and International Price Calculation

5.1 Tasks and Objectives of International Price Management
5.2 Factors Influencing International Price Management
5.3 Instruments of International Price Management

6. International Communication and International Sales Policy

6.1 International Communication Management
6.2 International Sales Management

7. International Marketing and Ethics

7.1 Overview of International Marketing and Ethics
7.2 Business Ethics in International Companies
7.3 Case Study: Nestlé

8. Applied Market Research and Its Influence on Consumer Behavior

8.1 Scope of International Market Research
8.2 Requirements for International Market Research Information
8.3 International Secondary Research
8.4 International Primary Research

9. Monitoring and Control in International Marketing

9.1 Controlling in International Management

10. Six Sigma, Brand Management, and Rebranding

10.1 Six Sigma: Basics, Definitions, and Processes
10.2 Brand Management
10.3 Rebranding

www.iu.org
224 DLBDSEIMB01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Armstrong, G., Kotler, P., & Opresnik, M. O. (2019). Marketing: An introduction (14th ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Green, M. C., & Keegan, W. J. (2020). Global marketing (10th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and organizations—Software of the
mind: Intercultural cooperation and its importance for survival. McGraw-Hill.
▪ Hollensen, S. (2020). Global marketing (8th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Mooij, M. (2018). Global marketing and advertising: Understanding cultural paradoxes (5th
ed.). Sage Publications.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB01 225

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
226 DLBDSEIMB01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 227

International Brand Management

Course Code: DLBDSEIMB02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of this course is to deepen and expand the knowledge acquired in the introductory
elective course International Marketing. The value of a brand is a decisive competitive advantage
for companies in international business. Brands create long-term and profitable customer
relationships. Brands are therefore valuable assets for companies and organizations. Students
learn the basics of brand management before moving on to the concepts and success factors of
international brand management. Students also become familiar with the structure of brand
architectures and the possibilities of brand extensions. The fact that different stakeholder groups
must be taken into account in brand management is communicated to the students on the basis
of the stakeholder concept. In addition, the students get to know the various methods for
measuring brand value and brand controlling. The aspects of trademark protection that are
particularly important in an international environment will be dealt with conclusively.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

Contents
1. Basics of Brand Management
1.1 Brand Significance and Brand Understanding
1.2 Market Conditions
1.3 Tasks and Goals of Brand Management

www.iu.org
228 DLBDSEIMB02

2. Brand Identity, Brand Positioning, and Brand Personality

2.1 Brand Identity as the Basis of Brand Management
2.2 Brand Positioning
2.3 Brand Image
2.4 Brand Personality

3. Brand Strategies
3.1 The Challenges for Brand Strategies
3.2 Brand Strategies for New Products
3.3 Trademark Licensing

4. International Branding
4.1 Importance of Branding for International Companies
4.2 Brand Concepts for International Brands
4.3 Factors for Successful International Brands

5. Brand Architectures and Types of Branding

5.1 Brand Hierarchies
5.2 Co-branding and Ingredient Branding

6. Brand Management and Communication

6.1 Classic Brand Communication
6.2 Brand Communication on the Internet

7. Brand Expansion
7.1 Basics of Brand Extension
7.2 Opportunities and Risks of Brand Extension
7.3 Ideal Typical Sequence of the Brand Extension Process

8. Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Concept

8.1 Basics of Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Principle
8.2 Stakeholder Groups: Consumer Stakeholder Groups
8.3 Stakeholder Groups: Shareholders and Financial Investors
8.4 Stakeholder Groups: Employees
8.5 Stakeholder Groups: Suppliers and the Public

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 229

9. Brand Control
9.1 Basics of Brand Controlling
9.2 Importance and Measurement of Brand Value
9.3 Practical Methods for Measuring Brand Value

10. Trademark Protection

10.1 Object of Trademark Protection
10.2 Origin of Trademark Protection
10.3 Trademark Infringements

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Beverland, M. (2021). Brand management: Co-creating meaningful brands (2nd
ed.). SagePublications Ltd.
▪ Burmann, C., Riley, N. M., Halaszovich, T., & Schade, M. (2017). Identity-based brand
management:Fundamentals—strategy—implementation—controlling. Springer Gabler.
▪ Kapferer, J. N. (2012). The new strategic brand management: Advanced insights and
strategicthinking (5th ed.). Kogan Page.
▪ Keller, K. L., & Swaminathan, V. (2019). Strategic brand management: Building,
measuring, andmanaging brand equity (5th ed., Global ed.). Pearson.

www.iu.org
230 DLBDSEIMB02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 231

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02
 DLBDSEAS 233

Applied Sales
Module Code: DLBDSEAS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Patrick Geus (Applied Sales I) / Prof. Dr. Patrick Geus (Applied Sales II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Applied Sales I (DLBDSEAS01)

▪ Applied Sales II (DLBDSEAS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Applied Sales I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

Applied Sales II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
234 DLBDSEAS

Module Contents

Applied Sales I
▪ Fundamentals of Applied Sales
▪ The Distribution System
▪ Personal Sales
▪ Sales Plans
▪ New Customer Acquisition
▪ A Sales Visit
▪ Conversational Tactics
▪ Conducting Negotiations
▪ Other Sales Channels

Applied Sales II
▪ Marketing and Sales
▪ Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor
▪ Personalities in Sales
▪ Customer-Oriented Communication
▪ Presentation and Rhetoric
▪ Customer Loyalty
▪ Networking
▪ Case Study

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS 235

Learning Outcomes
Applied Sales I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Applied Sales II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
This module is similar to other modules in Communication fields
the fields of Marketing & Sales

www.iu.org
236 DLBDSEAS01

Applied Sales I
Course Code: DLBDSEAS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The demands on sales thinking are growing every day. Globalized demand combined with high
competition is making it increasingly difficult for companies to compete for customers. At the
same time, customers are becoming better informed, while traditional supply markets are
saturated and at overcapacity. In order to be successful in such an environment, sales thinking
and action are required along with a new type of salesperson. Within the course Applied Sales I
(Introduction), the participants are familiarized with the basic concepts of applied sales. You will
learn about sales organization, dealing with alternative sales channels, and get to know the
dedicated sales planning process. The contents of the module are complemented by the
successful acquisition of new customers, whereby particular attention is paid to the organization
and implementation of customer visits and the conduct of discussions and negotiations.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Applied Sales and Distribution
1.1 Tasks and Forms of Applied Distribution
1.2 Marketing as the Basis of Sales
1.3 Distribution, Sales, and Other Terms
1.4 Sales in Different Economic Sectors

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS01 237

2. The Distribution System

2.1 Forms of Sales
2.2 Sales Organisation
2.3 Key Account Management
2.4 Multi-Channel Distribution

3. Personal Sales
3.1 The "New Sellers"
3.2 Requirements for Sales Personalities
3.3 The Key Account Manager
3.4 Task of Sales Managers

4. Sales Plan
4.1 Tasks and Objectives of Sales Management
4.2 Observation of Competition in the Context of Sales Management
4.3 Potential Analyses and Sales Planning
4.4 Sales Control and Visit Strategies

5. New Customer Acquisition

5.1 Identification of New Customer Potential
5.2 Customer Relationship Management and Customer Acquisition
5.3 Trade Fairs and Events
5.4 Networking

6. The Sales Visit

6.1 Frequency and Preparation of Visits
6.2 Conduct of a Visit
6.3 Visit Reports and Follow-Up
6.4 Aftercare and Follow-Up

7. Conversational Tactics
7.1 Structured Conversation Preparation
7.2 Goal-Oriented Conversation: The D.A.L.A.S Model
7.3 Questioning Techniques

www.iu.org
238 DLBDSEAS01

8. Conducting Negotiations
8.1 Psychology of Negotiation
8.2 Negotiation Structure
8.3 Objection Handling
8.4 Price Negotiations

9. Other Sales Channels

9.1 Telemarketing
9.2 Catalogue and Brochure Sales
9.3 Internet and E-Commerce

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bloomfield, J. (2020). NeuroSelling: Mastering the customer conversation using the surprising
science of decision making. Axon Publishing.
▪ Jobber, D., Lancaster, G., & Le Meunier-FitzHugh, K. (2019). Selling and sales
management (10th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Peppers, D., & Rogers, M. (2016). Managing customer experience and relationships: A strategic
framework (3rd ed.). Wiley.
▪ Pink, D. H. (2012). To sell is human: The surprising truth about moving others. Riverhead
Books.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS01 239

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
240 DLBDSEAS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 241

Applied Sales II
Course Code: DLBDSEAS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The course Applied Sales II builds on the basics taught in the course "Applied Sales I" and
broadens and deepens them. First, the tension between marketing and sales is examined in more
detail. Based on this, essential backgrounds and central target figures for successful sales
management (e.g., customer satisfaction and loyalty as well as the customer life cycle) are derived
and operationalized in order to create the basis for efficient and effective customer relationship
management. As the process progresses, attention will also be paid to mental processes and
consumer behavior in general. In addition, strategies and paths to successful negotiation are
deepened and supplemented by convincing communication techniques. The course concludes
with a case study in the course of which the students have the opportunity to apply what they
have learned in a practice-oriented manner.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

www.iu.org
242 DLBDSEAS02

Contents
1. Marketing and Sales
1.1 Marketing and Business Philosophy
1.2 Sales Marketing in Different Economic Sectors
1.3 Relationship Marketing
1.4 (International) Marketing and Sales Integration

2. Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor

2.1 Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
2.2 Customer Orientation Success Chain
2.3 Customer Relationship Strategies

3. Customer Retention
3.1 Customer Retention Management
3.2 Customer Retention Tools
3.3 Complaints Management

4. Customer-Oriented Communications
4.1 Communication and Sales Promotion by Sales Staff
4.2 Sales Promotion by Sales Team
4.3 Sales Promotion by the Company

5. Personalities in Sales
5.1 Sales Personalities
5.2 Selling in Teams
5.3 Negotiating with Committees

6. Presentation and Rhetoric

6.1 Rhetoric in Sales
6.2 Presentation Techniques
6.3 Nonverbal Communication

7. Networking
7.1 Organizational Networks and Networking
7.2 Building and Shaping Relationships
7.3 Networking via Social Media

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 243

8. Case Study—Multi-Vendor Customer Loyalty Programs

8.1 German Consumer Goods Market & Drugstore Industry Situation
8.2 PAYBACK—A German Synonym for Loyalty Cards

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Jobber, D./Lancaster, G./Le Meunier-Fitzhugh, K. (2019): Selling and Sales Management, 11th
Ed.; Pearson
▪ Johnston, M.W./Marshall (2021): Sales Force Management: Leadership, Innovation, Technology;
Routledge
▪ Jordan, J./Vazzana, M. (2011): Cracking the Sales Management Code: The Secrets to Measuring
and Managing Sales Performance; 13th Ed.; McGraw Hill
▪ Kumar, V./Reinartz, W. (2018): Customer Relationship Management: Concept, Strategy, and
Tools; 3rd Ed.; Springer Texts in Business and Economics
▪ Marcos, J./Davies, M. (2019): Implementing Key Account Management: Designing Customer-
Centric Processes for Mutual Growth; KoganPage
▪ Peppers, D./Rogers, M. (2011): Managing Customer Relationships : A Strategic Framework; 2nd
Ed.; Wiley

www.iu.org
244 DLBDSEAS02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 245

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS02
 DLBDSESCM 247

Supply Chain Management

Module Code: DLBDSESCM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Hubert Vogl (Supply Chain Management I ) / Sebastian Stütz (Supply Chain Management
II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Supply Chain Management I (DLBDSESCM01)

▪ Supply Chain Management II (DLBDSESCM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Supply Chain Management I

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Supply Chain Management II

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
248 DLBDSESCM

Module Contents

Supply Chain Management I

▪ Historical and terminological aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Motives for the creation of cross-company value creation networks
▪ Design principles and effects of value creation networks
▪ Logistical core processes and SCM
▪ Information technology aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Coordination and collaboration of the network partners
▪ Industry-specific solutions of the SCM

Supply Chain Management II

▪ Strategic aspects of SCM
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Planning Process
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process of Procurement
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process Production
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Distribution Process

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM 249

Learning Outcomes
Supply Chain Management I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Supply Chain Management II

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Transport &
fields of Logistics & Transportation Logistics fields

www.iu.org
250 DLBDSESCM01

Supply Chain Management I

Course Code: DLBDSESCM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
SCM proves to be an extremely multi-faceted construct from both a theoretical and a practical
point of view. An adequate understanding of the problem dimensions and modes of action of
(global) cross-company value creation networks requires a multidimensional approach. It starts by
considering logistical processes, with modern process, flow, and network standards forming an
important basis for SCM. On the basis of such an approach, students should gain a fundamental
understanding of SCM. From the point of view of a holistic approach, it also makes sense to also
examine a number of other typical problem areas in addition to the logistical challenges of this
concept. This includes IT aspects of SCM (e.g., APS systems), and questions to do with the
collaboration and coordination of network partners. This course also considers selected industry
specific SCM solutions (ECR or VMI).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.

▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of the Supply Chain Concept
1.1 Terminological and Conceptual Fundamentals
1.2 Supply Chain Typology According to Otto
1.3 Supply Chain Typology According to Bechtel/Jayaram
1.4 Dynamic Aspects of Supply Chains

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM01 251

2. Selected Theoretical Concepts for the Supply Chain Concept

2.1 New Institutional Economics
2.2 Game Theory
2.3 Network Approach
2.4 Other Theoretical Additions

3. Supply Chain Management

3.1 Basic Information on the Goals and Scope of SCM
3.2 Popular Problem Areas of the SCM
3.3 Supply Chain Management as an Evolutionary Step in Logistics
3.4 Supply Chain Management as Cooperation Management

4. SCM Model
4.1 Basic Information on the Term SCM Models
4.2 SCOR Model
4.3 SCM Task Model

5. SCM as a Coordination Problem

5.1 Basic Information on the Concept of Coordination
5.2 Coordination Concepts, Context, and Perspectives of SCM
5.3 Coordination Instruments

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bolstorff, P., & Rosenbaum, R. (2011). Supply chain excellence: A handbook for dramatic
improvement using the SCOR model. AMACOM.
▪ Bowersox, J., Closs, D., & Cooper, M. B. (2020). Supply chain logistics management (5th ed.).
McGraw Hill Education.
▪ Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2019). Supply chain management: Strategy, planning, and
operation (7th ed., Global ed.). Pearson Education.
▪ Kurbel, K. E. (2013). Enterprise resource planning and supply chain management: Functions,
business processes and software for manufacturing companies. Springer.

www.iu.org
252 DLBDSESCM01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM01 253

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
254 DLBDSESCM02

Supply Chain Management II

Course Code: DLBDSESCM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
From the perspective of strategic management research and practice, the activities covered by the
term SCM are closely related to efforts to build and/or maintain a stable operational competitive
advantage. A fundamental discussion of this relationship forms the starting point for the course.
On this basis, a differentiated analysis of strategy-relevant activities and instruments in the Plan,
Source, Make, Deliver, and Return process categories is then carried out using the SCOR model.
Special attention is given to the practice-relevant areas of SCM, e.g., order-promising (plan),
supplier-relation-management (source), postponement (make), and the ECR-concept (deliver).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.

▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Contents
1. Strategic Aspects of SCM
1.1 Strategic Thinking and Action: General Information
1.2 Competition Focus and SCM
1.3 Competition Location and SCM
1.4 Competition Rules and SCM

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 255

2. SCM Practice: Core Process Planning

2.1 General Preliminary Considerations
2.2 Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment
2.3 Order Promoting
2.4 Kanban
2.5 Integration of X-PL Logistics Service Providers

3. SCM Practice: Core Process Procurement

3.1 General Preliminary Considerations
3.2 Production Synchronous Procurement
3.3 Sourcing Concepts
3.4 Supplier Relations Management

4. SCM Practice: Core Process Production

4.1 Selected Aspects of the Problem Background
4.2 Collaborative Engineering
4.3 Postponement Strategies
4.4 Value Added Partnership

5. SCM Practice: Core Process Distribution

5.1 Basic Information on the Distribution Problem
5.2 Efficient Consumer Response (ECR)
5.3 Consignment Warehouse

www.iu.org
256 DLBDSESCM02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bookbinder, J. H. (2013). Handbook of global logistics: Transportation in international supply
chains. International series in operations research & management science: Bd. 181. Springer.
▪ Chopra, S (2019). Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, and Operation, EBook, Global
Edition, Pearson Education, Limited. ProQuest Ebook Central.
▪ Chopra, S. & Meindl, P. (2016). Supply chain management: Strategy, planning, and operation.
Always learning. Pearson.
▪ Christopher, M. (2016). Logistics & supply chain management (Fifth edition). Pearson.
▪ Ganesan, R. (2015). The profitable supply chain: A practitioner’s guide. Apress.
▪ Grant, D. B. (2012). Logistics management. Pearson.
▪ Kurbel, K. (2013). Enterprise resource planning and supply chain management: Functions,
business processes and software for manufacturing companies. Progress in IS. Springer.
▪ Pawar, K. S., Rogers, H., Potter, A. & Naim, M. (2015). Developments in Logistics and Supply
Chain Management: Past, Present and Future. Palgrave Macmillan.
▪ Piotrowicz, W. & Cuthbertson, R. (Hrsg.). (2015). Supply chain design and management for
emerging markets: Learning from countries and regions. Springer International Publishing.
▪ Scott, C., Lundgren, H. & Thompson, P. (2018). Guide to Supply Chain Management: An end to
end perspective. Management for professionals. Springer.
▪ Sindi, S. & Roe, M. (2017). Strategic supply chain management: The development of a
diagnostic model. Palgrave Macmillan.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 257

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
258 DLBDSESCM02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEMECFI 259

Managerial Economics and Corporate Finance and

Investment
Module Code: DLBDSEMECFI

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Andreas Simon (Managerial Economics) / Prof. Dr. Muhammad Ashfaq (Corporate Finance
and Investment)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Managerial Economics (DLBBWME01_E)

▪ Corporate Finance and Investment (DLBCFIE01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Managerial Economics
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Corporate Finance and Investment

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Written Assignment
• Study Format "myStudies": Written
Assessment: Written Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
260 DLBDSEMECFI

Module Contents

Managerial Economics
▪ Basics
▪ The Invisible Hand of the Market
▪ Consumer Decisions
▪ Business Decisions I: Full Competition
▪ Business Decisions II: Partial Competition
▪ Business Decisions III: Game Theory
▪ Advanced Microeconomics

Corporate Finance and Investment

▪ Introduction to Corporate Finance
▪ Ownership and Corporate Governance
▪ Understanding Financial Statements and Key Performance Indicators
▪ Basic Concepts of Financial Theory
▪ Types of Capital and Financing
▪ Short-term Financing Decisions
▪ Capital Budgeting and Decision-Making Methods in Investment

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEMECFI 261

Learning Outcomes
Managerial Economics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand basic economic interrelationships and apply them to different markets.
▪ explain the importance of supply, demand and market balance.
▪ assess the determinants of consumers' willingness to pay.
▪ discuss the determinants of production decisions and identify peak entrepreneurial
strategies.
▪ assess the influence of different types of markets on production and price decisions.
▪ analyse strategic interactions between companies.
▪ critically question traditional economic models on the basis of findings from information
and behavioural economics.

Corporate Finance and Investment

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize the targets and scope of corporate finance and the role of financial markets .
▪ understand agency-problems in corporations and how incentives and institutional and
market mechanisms are used to mitigate agency costs .
▪ interpret financial statements and key performance indicators and draw conclusions about
financing alternatives and potentials of a corporation.
▪ consider the time value of money and calculate the cost of capital used to optimize future
project cash flow streams.
▪ implement a long-term financing strategy and structure for corporations based on an
appropriate mix of equity, debt, leasing, and hybrid financial instruments.
▪ effectively utilize cash management and working capital management to reduce short-term
financing needs and costs.
▪ prepare investment decisions, estimate expected project cash flows and incorporate cash
flow related risks into the decision process.
▪ apply investment decision methodologies to evaluate and select favorable corporate
investment projects.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the Business &
fields of Economics and Business Administration Management field
& Management

www.iu.org
262 DLBBWME01_E

Managerial Economics
Course Code: DLBBWME01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The source for (almost) all economic questions is the issue of scarcity. Building on this insight, this
course considers three central elements. First, an analysis of the interplay between supply and
demand on markets is made. Secondly, the course will consider the development of insights into
the behaviour of consumers in markets. In a third part, the course will focus on entrepreneurial
decisions that depend, among other things, on production technology available and competitive
conditions in markets. These three core elements are taught from an application-oriented
standpoint, in which references to (current) challenges of the management of companies are
established. The course includes both the examination of economic theories and their application
in business practice.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand basic economic interrelationships and apply them to different markets.

▪ explain the importance of supply, demand and market balance.
▪ assess the determinants of consumers' willingness to pay.
▪ discuss the determinants of production decisions and identify peak entrepreneurial
strategies.
▪ assess the influence of different types of markets on production and price decisions.
▪ analyse strategic interactions between companies.
▪ critically question traditional economic models on the basis of findings from information
and behavioural economics.

Contents
1. Basics
1.1 Definitions & Main Topics of Economics
1.2 Thinking like an Economist

2. The Invisible Hand of the Market

2.1 Supply and Demand
2.2 Market Balance
2.3 Flexibility
2.4 Applications

www.iu.org
 DLBBWME01_E 263

3. Consumer Decisions
3.1 Utility Theory
3.2 Willingness to Pay
3.3 Demand
3.4 Applications

4. Business Decisions I: Full Competition

4.1 Production
4.2 Costs
4.3 Supply
4.4 Applications

5. Business Decisions II: Partial Competition

5.1 Monopoly
5.2 Monopolistic Competition
5.3 Oligopoly

6. Business Decisions III: Game Theory

6.1 Methodology
6.2 Simultaneous Games
6.3 Sequential Games

7. Advanced Microeconomics
7.1 Information Economics
7.2 Behavioural Economics

www.iu.org
264 DLBBWME01_E

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Acemoglu, D., Laibson, & D., List, J. A. (2018). Microeconomics, Global edition (2nd ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Case, K. E., Osten, S. M., & Fair, R. C. (2019). Principles of economics, Global edition (13th ed.).
Harlow.
▪ Keat, P. G., & Young, P. K. Y. (2013). Managerial economics, Global Edition (7th ed.). Pearson
Education Limited.
▪ Leyton-Brown, K., & Shoham, Y. (2008). Essentials of game theory: A concise multidisciplinary
introduction.
▪ Mankiw, N. G. (2017). Principles of economics (8th ed.). Cengage Learning.
▪ Pindyck, R. S., & Rubinfeld, D. L. (2017). Microeconomics (9th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Parkin, M. (2019). Economics (13th ed.). Harlow.

www.iu.org
 DLBBWME01_E 265

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
266 DLBBWME01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCFIE01 267

Corporate Finance and Investment

Course Code: DLBCFIE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course introduces students to the targets and scope of corporate finance and the role of
financial markets. The separation of ownership and control is a constituent feature of
corporations; students explore the resulting agency problems and the mechanisms available to
mitigate the costs of agency relationships.Students will be introduced to fundamentals of theory
and practice regarding principles of modern corporate finance. They will learn to read and analyze
financial statements from a financing point of view and develop a detailed understanding of
concepts such as the time value of money, interest rates, and cost of capital. After introducing
basic concepts, equity and debt financing will be discussed at length. The financial leverage effect
on rates of return will be explored and leasing and hybrid financial instruments as an alternative
to pure equity and debt financing are presented. Students will study how corporations apply
short-term measures of financing and how effective cash and working capital management is used
to reduce short-term financing needs and costs.This course will conclude with a discussion on the
investment processes of corporations with a particular focus on the challenge of estimating
expected cash flows. Students will learn how to include risk as a factor in the decision process
and be able to analyse applied investment rules and methodologies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize the targets and scope of corporate finance and the role of financial markets .
▪ understand agency-problems in corporations and how incentives and institutional and
market mechanisms are used to mitigate agency costs .
▪ interpret financial statements and key performance indicators and draw conclusions about
financing alternatives and potentials of a corporation.
▪ consider the time value of money and calculate the cost of capital used to optimize future
project cash flow streams.
▪ implement a long-term financing strategy and structure for corporations based on an
appropriate mix of equity, debt, leasing, and hybrid financial instruments.
▪ effectively utilize cash management and working capital management to reduce short-term
financing needs and costs.
▪ prepare investment decisions, estimate expected project cash flows and incorporate cash
flow related risks into the decision process.
▪ apply investment decision methodologies to evaluate and select favorable corporate
investment projects.

www.iu.org
268 DLBCFIE01

Contents
1. Introduction to Corporate Finance
1.1 The Targets and Scope of Corporate Finance
1.2 The Role of a Financial Manager
1.3 The Financial Market Environment

2. Ownership and Corporate Governance

2.1 Legal Types of Firms
2.2 Agency Relations and Agency Problems in Corporations
2.3 Institutional Investors, Incentives, and Market Control Mechanisms

3. Understanding Financial Statements and Key Performance Indicators

3.1 Balance Sheets
3.2 Income Statements
3.3 Cash Flow Statements
3.4 Measuring Performance: Key Performance Indicators

4. Basic Concepts of Financial Theory

4.1 Time Value of Money and Cash Flow Streams
4.2 Interest Rates: Determinants and Quotes
4.3 Estimating the Cost of Capital

5. Types of Capital and Financing

5.1 Equity Capital
5.2 Debt Financing
5.3 Leasing
5.4 Financial Leverage and Capital Structure

6. Short-Term Financing Decisions

6.1 Cash Budgets and Short-Term Financial Plans
6.2 Treasury and Cash Management
6.3 Working Capital Management

7. Capital Budgeting and Decision-Making Methods in Investment

7.1 Capital Budgeting and Investments
7.2 Incorporating Risk in Capital Budgeting Decisions
7.3 Investment Rules and Decision-Making Methods

www.iu.org
 DLBCFIE01 269

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Brigham, E. F., & Houston, J. F. (2019). Fundamentals of financial management (15th ed.).
Southwestern-Cengage.
▪ Zutter, C. J., & Smart, S. B. (2019). Principles of managerial finance (15th ed.). Pearson .

www.iu.org
270 DLBCFIE01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCFIE01 271

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCFIE01
 DLBDSESF 273

Smart Factory
Module Code: DLBDSESF

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Mario Boßlau (Smart Factory I) / Prof. Dr. Mario Boßlau (Smart Factory II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Smart Factory I (DLBDSESF01)

▪ Smart Factory II (DLBDSESF02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Smart Factory I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Smart Factory II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
274 DLBDSESF

Module Contents

Smart Factory I
▪ Motivation and Definition of Terms
▪ Development of Automation
▪ Technological Basics and Standards
▪ Basic concepts of a Smart Factory
▪ Reference Architectures
▪ Smart Factory Engineering
▪ Safety and Security

Smart Factory II

A catalogue with the currently provided tasks is provided on the online platform of the module. It
provides the content basis of the module and can be supplemented or updated by the seminar
leader.

Learning Outcomes
Smart Factory I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the term Smart Factory in the context of Industry 4.0.
▪ be able to trace the development of automation to a fully autonomous, non-centrally
organized production plant.
▪ understand the basic technologies and standards used to design and operate a Smart
Factory.
▪ understand the essential concepts of a Smart Factory.
▪ identify and differentiate between the individual elements of a Smart Factory using different
reference architectures.
▪ understand the special engineering challenges in the Smart Energy context.
▪ understand the special safety risks of digitized and networked production plants and assign
concrete recommendations for action.

Smart Factory II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ have a deeper understanding of the technologies and standards in the context of Smart
Factory.
▪ apply technologies in the context of Smart Factory to a simple practical example.
▪ design a hardware or software prototype for a selected task.
▪ document, design, and develop activities in the form of a project report.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF 275

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
276 DLBDSESF01

Smart Factory I
Course Code: DLBDSESF01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, students will gain a deeper insight into the networking and digitization of
production facilities by examining a Smart Factory. For this purpose, they will be familiarized with
the basic goals of a Smart Factory in the context of the research complex Industry 4.0. After a brief
introduction to the history of automation, students will learn the technical basics and standards
required to design and operate a Smart Factory. Building on this, they will learn how these
individual technologies are used to implement the central concepts of a Smart Factory. In order to
understand which components a Smart Factory consists of, different reference architectures are
presented and compared. The course concludes with the special engineering challenges of an
autonomously acting and decentralized production plant. Above all, this includes IT security, which
is particularly relevant due to the digital networking of production facilities and products.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the term Smart Factory in the context of Industry 4.0.

▪ be able to trace the development of automation to a fully autonomous, non-centrally
organized production plant.
▪ understand the basic technologies and standards used to design and operate a Smart
Factory.
▪ understand the essential concepts of a Smart Factory.
▪ identify and differentiate between the individual elements of a Smart Factory using different
reference architectures.
▪ understand the special engineering challenges in the Smart Energy context.
▪ understand the special safety risks of digitized and networked production plants and assign
concrete recommendations for action.

Contents
1. Motivation and Definition of Terms
1.1 Goals of Smart Factory
1.2 Internet of Things
1.3 Cyber-Physical Systems
1.4 Cyber-Physical Production Systems
1.5 Smart Factory as a Cyber-Physical (Production) System

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF01 277

2. Development of Automation
2.1 Automation Pyramid
2.2 Networked, Decentralized Organization of Production
2.3 Future Challenges

3. Technological Basics and Standards

3.1 Identification of Physical Objects
3.2 Formal Description Languages and Ontologies
3.3 Digital Object Memory
3.4 Physical Situation Recognition
3.5 (Partially) Autonomous Action and Cooperation
3.6 Human-Machine Interaction
3.7 Machine to Machine Communication

4. Basic Concepts of a Smart Factory

4.1 Order-Controlled Production
4.2 Bundling of Machine and Production Data
4.3 Supporting People in Production
4.4 Intelligent Products and Resources
4.5 Smart Services

5. Reference Architectures
5.1 Purpose and Properties of Reference Architectures
5.2 Overview of Standardization Initiatives
5.3 CyProS Reference Architecture
5.4 RAMI 4.0 (DIN SPEC 91345)

6. Smart Factory Engineering

6.1 Classification of Different Engineering Tools
6.2 Virtual Engineering
6.3 User-Centered Design
6.4 Requirements Engineering
6.5 Modelling
6.6 Integration of Classic and Smart Components

www.iu.org
278 DLBDSESF01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Butun, I. (2020). Industrial IoT: Challenges, design principles, applications, and security.
Springer.
▪ Drossel, W. G., Ihlenfeldt, S., Lanzger, T., & Dumitrescu, R. (2019). Cyber-physical systems. In R.
Neugebauer (Ed.), Digital transformation (pp. 189—213). Springer.
▪ Durakbasa, N. M., & Gençyılmaz, M. G. (Eds.). (2021). Digital conversion on the way to Industry
4.0. Springer.
▪ Ustundag, A., & Cevikcan, E. (2018). Industry 4.0: Managing the digital transformation. Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF01 279

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
280 DLBDSESF02

Smart Factory II
Course Code: DLBDSESF02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, students select a concrete task from the catalog of topics provided in consultation
with the seminar leader. They will work on the task in a prototyping environment suited to the
task, which can be either a hardware (e.g., prototyping boards) or software (e.g., technology-
specific development environments) environment. To complete the task, students apply the
concepts, methods, and tools taught in the Smart Factory I course. They document their results
with a project report.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ have a deeper understanding of the technologies and standards in the context of Smart
Factory.
▪ apply technologies in the context of Smart Factory to a simple practical example.
▪ design a hardware or software prototype for a selected task.
▪ document, design, and develop activities in the form of a project report.

Contents
▪ A catalogue with the currently provided tasks is provided on the online platform of the
module. It provides the content basis of the module and can be supplemented or updated
by the seminar leader.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF02 281

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSESF02
 DLBDSEAR 283

Production Engineering, Automation and Robotics

Module Code: DLBDSEAR

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum ▪ none BA 10 300 h
▪ DLBDSEAR01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Mario Boßlau (Production Engineering) / Prof. Dr. Matthias Eifler (Automation and
Robotics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Production Engineering (DLBDSEAR01)

▪ Automation and Robotics (DLBDSEAR02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Production Engineering
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Automation and Robotics

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
284 DLBDSEAR

Module Contents

Production Engineering
▪ Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
▪ Main Production Groups According to DIN 8580
▪ Additive Manufacturing Processes
▪ Rapid Prototyping
▪ Rapid Tooling
▪ Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
▪ Cyber-Physical Production Plants

Automation and Robotics

▪ Basics of Automation
▪ Fundamentals of Measurement Technology
▪ Sensors
▪ Basics of Control Engineering
▪ Basics of Control Technology
▪ Introduction to Robotics
▪ Kinematics of a Robot

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR 285

Learning Outcomes
Production Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.
▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to
DIN 8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Automation and Robotics

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.
▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
This module is similar to other modules in the fields
field of Engineering

www.iu.org
286 DLBDSEAR01

Production Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEAR01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an overview of the processes that have
influenced and still influence production processes through technological developments under
the generic term Industry 4.0, based on traditional, standardized manufacturing techniques. These
include, in particular, technological advances in additive manufacturing processes that enable
applications such as rapid prototyping, rapid tooling, and direct manufacturing. Finally, the course
deals with the consequences of the digitalization and networking of production facilities and their
elements in the sense of a cyber-physical system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.

▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to
DIN 8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Contents
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
1.1 Basic Terms and Contexts in Manufacturing Theory
1.2 Historical Development of Production
1.3 The Discussion About the Long Tail

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR01 287

2. Classification Of Manufacturing Processes

2.1 Casting and Molding
2.2 Forming
2.3 Machining
2.4 Joining
2.5 Coating
2.6 Changing the Properties of Substances

3. Additive Manufacturing Processes

3.1 Basic Principles and Legal Aspects
3.2 Stereolithography (STL)
3.3 Selective Laser Sintering and Selective Beam Melting With Laser or Electron Beam
3.4 Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM)
3.5 Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM) and Poly-Jet Process (PJM)
3.6 3D Printing Process (3DP)
3.7 Laminating Processes
3.8 Mask Sintering

4. Rapid Prototyping
4.1 Definition
4.2 Strategic and Operational Aspects
4.3 Application Areas and Examples

5. Rapid Tooling
5.1 Definition, Strategic, and Operational Aspects
5.2 Indirect and Direct Procedures

6. Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
6.1 Potentials and Requirements for Procedures
6.2 Implementation, Application Areas, and Examples

7. Cyber-Physical Production Plants

7.1 Derivation of the Terms Industry 4.0 and Cyber-Physical Systems
7.2 Megatrend Cyber Physical Systems (CPS)
7.3 Definition Cyber-Physical Production Plant
7.4 Effects on Planning and Operation of Production Facilities
7.5 Dynamic Reconfiguration and Migration of Production Facilities

www.iu.org
288 DLBDSEAR01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Anderson, C. (2012): Makers. The new industrial revolution. Crown Business, New York.
▪ Gebhardt, A. (2012): Understanding Additive Manufacturing. Rapid Prototyping – Rapid Tooling
– Rapid Manufacturing. Hanser, München/Cincinnati.
▪ Gibson, I., Rosen, D., Stucker, B., & Khorasani, M. (2021). Additive Manufacturing Technologies
(3rd ed.). Springer International Publishing.
▪ Groover, M. P., (2019). Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes, and
Systems (7th ed.). Wiley.
▪ Kalpakjian, S., & Schmid, S.R. (2020). Manufacturing Engineering and Technology (8th ed.).
Pearson.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR01 289

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
290 DLBDSEAR01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR02 291

Automation and Robotics

Course Code: DLBDSEAR02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSEAR01
English

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an insight into measurement, control, and
regulation technology and convey the basics of robotics. Students will be taught which methods
can be used to determine certain measured variables and how measurement errors are dealt with.
Based on these fundamentals, various sensors will be presented and students will be able to
select suitable sensors based on predefined criteria. The course also introduces students to the
basics of control engineering. The different ways of describing the structure and behaviour of
control systems are illustrated to the students. The basics of control engineering are also taught.
The students receive a short introduction to binary number systems and Boolean algebra, and
deal with various basal circuit and control elements. Finally, students will gain an insight into
robotics with a focus on industrial robots. In this context, the students learn the description and
calculation of positions and movements of individual limbs of a robot arm.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.

▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

www.iu.org
292 DLBDSEAR02

Contents
1. Basics of Automation
1.1 Basic Terms
1.2 Economic Aspects
1.3 Automation Pyramid
1.4 Measuring, Control, and Regulation Systems

2. Fundamentals of Measurement Technology

2.1 Measurands and Units
2.2 Forms of Measurement Signals
2.3 Measurement Techniques
2.4 Measuring Equipment
2.5 Evaluation of Measurements and Measurement Errors

3. Sensors
3.1 Function and Elements of Sensors
3.2 Criteria for the Selection of Sensors
3.3 Proximity Switches
3.4 Photoelectric Sensors
3.5 Ultrasonic Sensors
3.6 Rotary Encoder
3.7 Force, Torque, and Pressure Gauges
3.8 Temperature Sensors
3.9 Image Processing Sensors

4. Basics of Control Engineering

4.1 Elements of Control Systems
4.2 Structure Description
4.3 Static Behavioral Description
4.4 Behavioral Description in the Time Domain
4.5 Behavioral Description in the Frequency Domain
4.6 Practical examples

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR02 293

5. Basics of Control Technology

5.1 Basic Principle and Elements of Control Systems
5.2 Numerical Representations
5.3 Boolean Algebra
5.4 Switching Networks, Plants, and Storage Facilities
5.5 Signal Generators and Power Amplifiers
5.6 Programmable Logic Controllers
5.7 Connection-Programmed Controls

6. Introduction to Robotics
6.1 Terms and Classification
6.2 Basic Elements
6.3 Classification of Robots

7. Kinematics of a Robot
7.1 Coordinate Systems and Reference Points
7.2 Rotations
7.3 Forward and Reverse Transformations
7.4 Denavit-Hartenberg Transformation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Gardner, R. (2021). Introduction to plant automation and controls. Taylor & Francis.
▪ Jazar, R. (2010). Theory of applied robotics: Kinematics, dynamics, and control (2nd ed.).
Springer.
▪ Moir, T. (2020). Feedback. Springer.
▪ Morris, A. S., & Langari, R. (2020). Measurement and instrumentation: Theory and
application (3rded.). Academic Press.
▪ Tse, F. S., & Morse, I. E. (2009). Measurement and instrumentation in engineering. CRC Press.

www.iu.org
294 DLBDSEAR02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD 295

Autonomous Driving
Module Code: DLBDSEAD

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Self-Driving Vehicles) / N.N. (Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01)

▪ Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology (DLBDSEAD02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Self-Driving Vehicles
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-

Driving Technology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Research Essay

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
296 DLBDSEAD

Module Contents

Self-Driving Vehicles
▪ Safety standards
▪ Sensor fusion
▪ Computer vision
▪ Localization & motion
▪ Motion planning

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include (but
are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or implications for
society, law, or relevant industries.

Learning Outcomes
Self-Driving Vehicles
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ cite relevant safety standards.
▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.
▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD01 297

Self-Driving Vehicles
Course Code: DLBDSEAD01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course focuses on the foundations of autonomous vehicles and starts with a detailed
introduction to relevant safety standards in terms of functional and IT security.This course
continues with a presentation of the concept of sensor fusion and discusses relevant aspects of
computer vision techniques such as feature detection, calibration, and semantic segmentation.A
large part of the course concerns localization and motion planning. Relevant motion models are
introduced and localization techniques such as odometry, triangulation, and satellite-based
systems are discussed in detail, along with path planning, motion prediction, and trajectory
generation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ cite relevant safety standards.

▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Contents
1. Sensors
1.1 Physical principles of sensors
1.2 Types of sensors
1.3 Sensor calibaration
1.4 Application scenarios

2. Sensor Fusion
2.1 Elaborating data from sensors
2.2 Kalman filter
2.3 Object tracking

www.iu.org
298 DLBDSEAD01

3. Computer Vision
3.1 Pixels and filters
3.2 Feature detection
3.3 Distortions and calibration
3.4 Semantic segmentation

4. Localization & Motion

4.1 Motion models
4.2 Odometry
4.3 Triangulation
4.4 Satellite-based localization

5. Motion planning
5.1 Path planning
5.2 Motion prediction
5.3 Trajectory generation

6. Safety Standards
6.1 Functional Safety
6.2 IT Security Standards
6.3 Safety development approaches

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD01 299

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001).:Directive 2001/95/EG. (URL: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/DE/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32001L0095 [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ International Electrotechnical Commission. (2015): IEC 61508. (URL: https://www.iec.ch/
functionalsafety/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2009): ISO 15408. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/50341.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 25119. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/69026.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 26262. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/68383.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (n.d.): ISO 21434. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/70918.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO/IEC 27001. (URL: https://
www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Rausand, M. (2014): Reliability of safety‐critical systems: Theory and applications. Wiley,
Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (URL: https://www.sae.org/
standards/content/j3061/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
300 DLBDSEAD01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD02 301

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving

Technology
Course Code: DLBDSEAD02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This courses focuses on recent developments in the field of self-driving vehicles. Following the
course Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01), in this course students will focus on a particular topic
in the context of autonomous driving, applying the knowledge they have obtained in the first
course.Finally, a research essay will be written.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.

▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Contents
▪ The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include
(but are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or
implications for society, law, or relevant industries.

www.iu.org
302 DLBDSEAD02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001).:Directive 2001/95/EG. (URL: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/DE/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32001L0095 [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ International Electrotechnical Commission. (2015): IEC 61508. (URL: https://www.iec.ch/
functionalsafety/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2009): ISO 15408. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/50341.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 25119. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/69026.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 26262. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/68383.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (n.d.): ISO 21434. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/70918.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO/IEC 27001. (URL: https://
www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Marchthaler, R./Dingler, S. (2017): Kalman-Filter. Springer, Wiesbaden.
▪ Rausand, M. (2014): Reliability of safety‐critical systems: Theory and applications. Wiley,
Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (URL: https://www.sae.org/
standards/content/j3061/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD02 303

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD02
6. Semester
 DLBDSEDE 309

Data Engineer
Module Code: DLBDSEDE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Data Engineering ) / N.N. (Project: Data Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE01)

▪ Project: Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Data Engineering
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Engineering

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
310 DLBDSEDE

Module Contents

Data Engineering
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
Data Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. Technology field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE01 311

Data Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEDE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course explores concepts of data engineering. Data engineering is concerned with the
infrastructure aspects of data science such as data storage and provision, as well as the
provisioning of suitable operational environments.After laying out foundational notions and
concepts of the discipline, this course addresses important developments in storage technology;
aspects of systems architecture for processing data at scale; containerization as a modern take on
virtualization; and the logic of data pipelines and associated operational aspects. Important
issues pertaining to data security and protection are also given appropriate attention.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.

▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Contents
1. Foundations of Data Engineering
1.1 Reliability
1.2 Scalability
1.3 Maintainability

2. NoSQL In Depth
2.1 Fundamentals of NoSQL
2.2 Established NoSQL solutions

3. Architectures for Data Processing at Scale

3.1 Batch processing architectures
3.2 Architectures for stream and complex event processing
3.3 Lambda architecture

www.iu.org
312 DLBDSEDE01

4. Containerization In Depth
4.1 Docker containers
4.2 Container management

5. Governance & Security

5.1 Data protection
5.2 Data security
5.3 Data governance

6. Operational Aspects
6.1 Defining principles of DataOps
6.2 Building and maintaining data pipelines
6.3 Metrics and monitoring

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O‘Reilly.
▪ Marz, N., & Warren, J. (2015). Big data: Principles and best practices of scalable realtime data
systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications.
▪ Matthias, K., & Kane, S. P. (2018). Docker: Up & running (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Miell, I., & Sayers, A. (2019). Docker in practice (2nd ed.). Shelter Island, NY: Manning
Publications.
▪ Muhammad, S., & Akhtar, F. (2018). Big data architect's handbook. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Schenker, G. N. (2018). Learn Docker - Fundamentals of Docker 18.x: Get up and running with
the concepts of Docker. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
▪ Wilson, J., Redmond, E., & Perkins, L. (2018). Seven databases in seven weeks (2nd ed.).
Raleigh, NC: Pragmatic Bookshelf.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE01 313

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
314 DLBDSEDE02

Project: Data Engineering

Course Code: DLBDSEDE02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world data engineering use case in the
form of a student portfolio. To this end, students choose a project subject from the various sub-
domains of data engineering. Examples include setting up a Docker container environment or
dockerized service; implementing a data pipeline according to DataOps principles; and setting up
an NoSQL data store.The goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer theoretical
knowledge to an implementation scenario that closely mimics practical work in a professional
data engineering setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.

▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of approaches and techniques covered in
the preceding methodological course in a project-oriented setting. Each participant must
produce a portfolio detailing and documenting the work. Porfolio themes are chosen from a
list, or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE02 315

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O‘Reilly.
▪ Marz, N., & Warren, J. (2015). Big data: Principles and best practices of scalable realtime data
systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications.
▪ Matthias, K., & Kane, S. P. (2018). Docker: Up & running (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Miell, I., & Sayers, A. (2019). Docker in practice (2nd ed.). Shelter Island, NY: Manning
Publications.
▪ Muhammad, S., & Akhtar, F. (2018). Big data architect's handbook. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Schenker, G. N. (2018). Learn Docker - Fundamentals of Docker 18.x: Get up and running with
the concepts of Docker. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
▪ Wilson, J., Redmond, E., & Perkins, L. (2018). Seven databases in seven weeks (2nd ed.).
Raleigh, NC: Pragmatic Bookshelf.

www.iu.org
316 DLBDSEDE02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA 317

Data Analyst
Module Code: DLBDSEDA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Silke Vaas (Advanced Data Analysis) / N.N. (Project: Data Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01)

▪ Project: Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Advanced Data Analysis

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Analysis

• Study Format "myStudies": Portfolio
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
318 DLBDSEDA

Module Contents

Advanced Data Analysis

▪ Business performance analytics
▪ Text mining
▪ Web- and social media analytics
▪ Experimentation and testing

Project: Data Analysis

Transfer of methodological knowledge to the implementation of real-world analytics use cases

from the above-mentioned problem domains.

Learning Outcomes
Advanced Data Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.
▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Project: Data Analysis

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.
▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA01 319

Advanced Data Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSEDA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course introduces several advanced analytics subjects of practical relevance. The subject
areas covered span from business performance measurement and analytics, text mining, and web-
and social media analytics to current trends in experimental design and setup. Along this journey
topics such as the design of key performance indicators (KPIs), business process analytics, word
frequency and semantic analysis, data science on clickstreams, social media interactions, and
multi-armed bandit testing are addressed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.

▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Contents
1. Business Performance Analytics
1.1 KPI design considerations
1.2 Common business performance indicators
1.3 Business process mining

2. Text Analytics
2.1 Word and document frequency (TF-IDF)
2.2 Semantic analysis

3. Web Analytics
3.1 Web metrics
3.2 Clickstream analytics
3.3 Recommender systems

www.iu.org
320 DLBDSEDA01

4. Social Network Mining

4.1 Introduction to social media analytics
4.2 Mining common social media platforms

5. Testing and Experimentation

5.1 Practical A/B testing
5.2 Multivariate tests
5.3 Multi-armed bandit testing

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009). Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability & science of
customercentricity. Wiley.
▪ Lane, H., Howard, C., & Hapke, H. (2019). Natural language processing in action:
Understanding,analyzing, and generating text with Python. Manning.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2019). Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winningKPIs (4th ed.). Wiley.
▪ Russell, M. A., & Klassen, M. (2019). Mining the social web: Data mining Facebook, Twitter,
Linkedin,Instagram, Github, and more (3rd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Siroker, D., & Koomen, P. (2013). A/B testing: The most powerful way to turn clicks into
customers.Wiley.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA01 321

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
322 DLBDSEDA01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA02 323

Project: Data Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSEDA02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world, advanced analytics use case in the
form of a student project. Primary subject areas for this practical work include business
performance analytics, text mining, web- and social analytics, and experimentation and testing.The
goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer the theoretical knowledge acquired in
Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) to an implementation scenario that closely mimics project
work in a professional data science setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.

▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of the approaches and techniques covered
in the course Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) in a project-oriented setting. Each
participant must produce a project report detailing and documenting their work. Project
tasks are chosen from a list or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
324 DLBDSEDA02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hapke, H. / Howard, C. / Lane, H. (2019): Natural language processing in action.: Manning
Publications, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009): Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability and science of customer
centricity. Sybex, Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Klassen, M. / Russell, M. A. (2019): Mining the social web. 3rd edition. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Marr, B. (2012): Key Performance Indicators (KPI). Pearson, Boston, MA.
▪ Neely, A. (Ed.) (2011): Business performance measurement: Unifying theory and integrating
practice. 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Ojeda, T. / Bilbro, R. / Bengfort, B. (2018): Applied text analysis with Python. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2015): Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winning KPIs. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA02 325

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
326 DLBDSEDA02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS 327

AI Specialist
Module Code: DLBDSEAIS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ulrich Kerzel (Artificial Intelligence) / N.N. (Project: Artificial Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS01)

▪ Project: Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Artificial Intelligence
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Artificial Intelligence

• Study Format "Fernstudium": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
328 DLBDSEAIS

Module Contents

Artificial Intelligence
▪ History of AI
▪ Modern AI systems
▪ Reinforcement learning
▪ Natural language processing
▪ Computer vision

Project: Artificial Intelligence

This course focuses on developing a simple AI system for a specific application and domain. A
current list of topics is located in the Learning Management System.

Learning Outcomes
Artificial Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.
▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Project: Artificial Intelligence

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.
▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 329

Artificial Intelligence
Course Code: DLBDSEAIS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The quest for artificial intelligence (AI) has captured humanity’s interest for many decades and
has been an active research area since the 1960s. This course will give a detailed overview of the
historical developments, successes, and set-backs in AI, as well as modern approaches in the
development of artificial intelligence.This course gives an introduction to reinforcement learning, a
process similar to how humans and animals experience the world: exploring the environment and
inferring the best course of action.This course also covers the principles of natural language
processing and computer vision, both of which are key ingredients for an artificial intelligence to
be able to interact with its environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.

▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Contents
1. History of AI
1.1 Historical Developments
1.2 AI Winter
1.3 Expert Systems
1.4 Notable Advances

2. Modern AI Systems
2.1 Narrow versus General AI
2.2 Application Areas

www.iu.org
330 DLBDSEAIS01

3. Reinforcement Learning
3.1 What is Reinforcement Learning?
3.2 Markov Chains and Value Function
3.3 Time-Difference and Q Learning

4. Natural Language Processing (NLP)

4.1 Introduction to NLP and Application Areas
4.2 Basic NLP Techniques
4.3 Vectorizing Data

5. Computer Vision
5.1 Introduction to Computer Vision
5.2 Image Representation and Geometry
5.3 Feature Detection
5.4 Semantic Segmentation

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 331

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F./Barry, W./Paradiso, M. (2006): Neuroscience: Exploring the brain. 3rd ed., Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, MD:
▪ Bird S./Klein, E./Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. 2nd ed., O‘Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017): Deep learning with Python. Manning, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016) : Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Geron, A. (2017): Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly,
Boston, MA.
▪ Goodfellow, I./Bengio, Y./Courville, A. (2016): Deep learning. MIT Press, Boston, MA.
▪ Grus, J. (2019): Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilley, Sebastopol,
CA.
▪ Jurafsky, D./Martin, J. H. (2008): Speech and language processing. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ.
▪ Nilsson, N. (2009): The quest for artificial intelligence. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Russell, S./Norvig, P. (2009): Artificial intelligence: A modern approach. 3rd ed., Pearson, Essex.
▪ Sutton, R./Barto, A. (2018): Reinforcement learning: An introduction. 2nd ed., MIT Press,
Boston, MA.
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010): Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool, San Rafael,
CA.
▪ Wiering, M./Otterlo, M. (2012): Reinforcement learning: State of the art. Springer, Berlin.

www.iu.org
332 DLBDSEAIS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 333

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
334 DLBDSEAIS02

Project: Artificial Intelligence

Course Code: DLBDSEAIS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This project course will give students hands-on experience in the challenging task of designing
and developing an AI system for a specific application and domain. Students will need to consider
requirements and practical constraints as well as the desired output of the AI system.Following
this course the students will get holistic overview of developing a specific AI-based application.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.

▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Contents
▪ This project course focuses on understanding and implementing a simple AI system. Based
on the course Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAI01), students will design and implement a
simple AI system. In the first step, students will choose a specific application and domain
and then use the methods from the course to analyze the requirements and outcomes
before implementing their own AI application. All relevant artifacts and considerations are
documented by the students in a course portfolio.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS02 335

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F./Barry, W./Paradiso, M. (2006): Neuroscience: Exploring the brain. 3rd ed., Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, MD:
▪ Bird S./Klein, E./Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. 2nd ed., O‘Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017): Deep learning with Python. Manning, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016) : Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Geron, A. (2017): Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly,
Boston, MA.
▪ Goodfellow, I./Bengio, Y./Courville, A. (2016): Deep learning. MIT Press, Boston, MA.
▪ Grus, J. (2019): Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilley, Sebastopol,
CA.
▪ Jurafsky, D./Martin, J. H. (2008): Speech and language processing. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ.
▪ Nilsson, N. (2009): The quest for artificial intelligence. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Russell, S./Norvig, P. (2009): Artificial intelligence: A modern approach. 3rd ed., Pearson, Essex.
▪ Sutton, R./Barto, A. (2018): Reinforcement learning: An introduction. 2nd ed., MIT Press,
Boston, MA.
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010): Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool, San Rafael,
CA.
▪ Wiering, M./Otterlo, M. (2012): Reinforcement learning: State of the art. Springer, Berlin.

www.iu.org
336 DLBDSEAIS02

Study Format Fernstudium

Study Format Course Type

Fernstudium Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB 337

International Marketing and Branding

Module Code: DLBDSEIMB

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Caterina Fox (International Marketing ) / Caterina Fox (International Brand Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ International Marketing (DLBDSEIMB01)

▪ International Brand Management (DLBDSEIMB02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

International Marketing
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

International Brand Management

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
338 DLBDSEIMB

Module Contents

International Marketing
▪ International marketing strategy
▪ Cultural differences and their significance for marketing
▪ International marketing mix (product, price, promotion, and distribution decisions in an
international environment)
▪ International market research and consumer behavior
▪ Ethical aspects in international marketing
▪ International marketing controlling and six sigma

International Brand Management

▪ Basics of brand management
▪ Framework conditions for brands in international markets
▪ Strategies and concepts of international brands
▪ Brand architectures and brand extension options
▪ Brand management and communication
▪ Brand management according to the stakeholder concept
▪ Brand control and protection

Learning Outcomes
International Marketing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.
▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

International Brand Management

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB 339

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
This module is similar to other modules in Communication fields
the fields of Marketing & Sales

www.iu.org
340 DLBDSEIMB01

International Marketing
Course Code: DLBDSEIMB01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Students are taught the necessity for strategic marketing in an international context. They will
learn about essential cultural differences and their influences on international marketing
management. The basic decisions, standardizations, and adaptations in international marketing
are experienced by the students on the basis of different concepts in the international marketing
mix. The necessity of international market research, strategic planning, and control are taught to
the students, along with the ethical aspects in international marketing. The students analyze
current topics in international marketing management and reflect on them in connection with the
concepts they have learned in this course.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.

▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

Contents
1. Strategic International Marketing
1.1 Internationalization
1.2 Theoretical Foundations of International Market Entry Strategies
1.3 Forms of International Market Entry

2. Cultural Differences as an Aspect of International Marketing

2.1 Overview of Culture
2.2 Cultural Model Based on Hofstede
2.3 Cultural Model Based on Trompenaars

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB01 341

3. Case Studies in International Market Entry and Marketing Strategies

3.1 Case Study: Nivea in South Korea
3.2 Case Study: Bosch and Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH in China
3.3 Case Study: Siemens Mobile in China
3.4 Case Study: Siemens in China

4. International Product Management and Product Development

4.1 Goals of International Product Management
4.2 Framework Conditions for International Product Management
4.3 International Product Decisions
4.4 International Product Development

5. Exchange Rate Fluctuations and International Price Calculation

5.1 Tasks and Objectives of International Price Management
5.2 Factors Influencing International Price Management
5.3 Instruments of International Price Management

6. International Communication and International Sales Policy

6.1 International Communication Management
6.2 International Sales Management

7. International Marketing and Ethics

7.1 Overview of International Marketing and Ethics
7.2 Business Ethics in International Companies
7.3 Case Study: Nestlé

8. Applied Market Research and Its Influence on Consumer Behavior

8.1 Scope of International Market Research
8.2 Requirements for International Market Research Information
8.3 International Secondary Research
8.4 International Primary Research

9. Monitoring and Control in International Marketing

9.1 Controlling in International Management

10. Six Sigma, Brand Management, and Rebranding

10.1 Six Sigma: Basics, Definitions, and Processes
10.2 Brand Management
10.3 Rebranding

www.iu.org
342 DLBDSEIMB01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Armstrong, G., Kotler, P., & Opresnik, M. O. (2019). Marketing: An introduction (14th ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Green, M. C., & Keegan, W. J. (2020). Global marketing (10th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and organizations—Software of the
mind: Intercultural cooperation and its importance for survival. McGraw-Hill.
▪ Hollensen, S. (2020). Global marketing (8th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Mooij, M. (2018). Global marketing and advertising: Understanding cultural paradoxes (5th
ed.). Sage Publications.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB01 343

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
344 DLBDSEIMB01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 345

International Brand Management

Course Code: DLBDSEIMB02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of this course is to deepen and expand the knowledge acquired in the introductory
elective course International Marketing. The value of a brand is a decisive competitive advantage
for companies in international business. Brands create long-term and profitable customer
relationships. Brands are therefore valuable assets for companies and organizations. Students
learn the basics of brand management before moving on to the concepts and success factors of
international brand management. Students also become familiar with the structure of brand
architectures and the possibilities of brand extensions. The fact that different stakeholder groups
must be taken into account in brand management is communicated to the students on the basis
of the stakeholder concept. In addition, the students get to know the various methods for
measuring brand value and brand controlling. The aspects of trademark protection that are
particularly important in an international environment will be dealt with conclusively.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

Contents
1. Basics of Brand Management
1.1 Brand Significance and Brand Understanding
1.2 Market Conditions
1.3 Tasks and Goals of Brand Management

www.iu.org
346 DLBDSEIMB02

2. Brand Identity, Brand Positioning, and Brand Personality

2.1 Brand Identity as the Basis of Brand Management
2.2 Brand Positioning
2.3 Brand Image
2.4 Brand Personality

3. Brand Strategies
3.1 The Challenges for Brand Strategies
3.2 Brand Strategies for New Products
3.3 Trademark Licensing

4. International Branding
4.1 Importance of Branding for International Companies
4.2 Brand Concepts for International Brands
4.3 Factors for Successful International Brands

5. Brand Architectures and Types of Branding

5.1 Brand Hierarchies
5.2 Co-branding and Ingredient Branding

6. Brand Management and Communication

6.1 Classic Brand Communication
6.2 Brand Communication on the Internet

7. Brand Expansion
7.1 Basics of Brand Extension
7.2 Opportunities and Risks of Brand Extension
7.3 Ideal Typical Sequence of the Brand Extension Process

8. Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Concept

8.1 Basics of Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Principle
8.2 Stakeholder Groups: Consumer Stakeholder Groups
8.3 Stakeholder Groups: Shareholders and Financial Investors
8.4 Stakeholder Groups: Employees
8.5 Stakeholder Groups: Suppliers and the Public

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 347

9. Brand Control
9.1 Basics of Brand Controlling
9.2 Importance and Measurement of Brand Value
9.3 Practical Methods for Measuring Brand Value

10. Trademark Protection

10.1 Object of Trademark Protection
10.2 Origin of Trademark Protection
10.3 Trademark Infringements

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Beverland, M. (2021). Brand management: Co-creating meaningful brands (2nd
ed.). SagePublications Ltd.
▪ Burmann, C., Riley, N. M., Halaszovich, T., & Schade, M. (2017). Identity-based brand
management:Fundamentals—strategy—implementation—controlling. Springer Gabler.
▪ Kapferer, J. N. (2012). The new strategic brand management: Advanced insights and
strategicthinking (5th ed.). Kogan Page.
▪ Keller, K. L., & Swaminathan, V. (2019). Strategic brand management: Building,
measuring, andmanaging brand equity (5th ed., Global ed.). Pearson.

www.iu.org
348 DLBDSEIMB02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 349

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02
 DLBDSEAS 351

Applied Sales
Module Code: DLBDSEAS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Patrick Geus (Applied Sales I) / Prof. Dr. Patrick Geus (Applied Sales II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Applied Sales I (DLBDSEAS01)

▪ Applied Sales II (DLBDSEAS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Applied Sales I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

Applied Sales II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
352 DLBDSEAS

Module Contents

Applied Sales I
▪ Fundamentals of Applied Sales
▪ The Distribution System
▪ Personal Sales
▪ Sales Plans
▪ New Customer Acquisition
▪ A Sales Visit
▪ Conversational Tactics
▪ Conducting Negotiations
▪ Other Sales Channels

Applied Sales II
▪ Marketing and Sales
▪ Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor
▪ Personalities in Sales
▪ Customer-Oriented Communication
▪ Presentation and Rhetoric
▪ Customer Loyalty
▪ Networking
▪ Case Study

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS 353

Learning Outcomes
Applied Sales I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Applied Sales II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
This module is similar to other modules in Communication fields
the fields of Marketing & Sales

www.iu.org
354 DLBDSEAS01

Applied Sales I
Course Code: DLBDSEAS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The demands on sales thinking are growing every day. Globalized demand combined with high
competition is making it increasingly difficult for companies to compete for customers. At the
same time, customers are becoming better informed, while traditional supply markets are
saturated and at overcapacity. In order to be successful in such an environment, sales thinking
and action are required along with a new type of salesperson. Within the course Applied Sales I
(Introduction), the participants are familiarized with the basic concepts of applied sales. You will
learn about sales organization, dealing with alternative sales channels, and get to know the
dedicated sales planning process. The contents of the module are complemented by the
successful acquisition of new customers, whereby particular attention is paid to the organization
and implementation of customer visits and the conduct of discussions and negotiations.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Applied Sales and Distribution
1.1 Tasks and Forms of Applied Distribution
1.2 Marketing as the Basis of Sales
1.3 Distribution, Sales, and Other Terms
1.4 Sales in Different Economic Sectors

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS01 355

2. The Distribution System

2.1 Forms of Sales
2.2 Sales Organisation
2.3 Key Account Management
2.4 Multi-Channel Distribution

3. Personal Sales
3.1 The "New Sellers"
3.2 Requirements for Sales Personalities
3.3 The Key Account Manager
3.4 Task of Sales Managers

4. Sales Plan
4.1 Tasks and Objectives of Sales Management
4.2 Observation of Competition in the Context of Sales Management
4.3 Potential Analyses and Sales Planning
4.4 Sales Control and Visit Strategies

5. New Customer Acquisition

5.1 Identification of New Customer Potential
5.2 Customer Relationship Management and Customer Acquisition
5.3 Trade Fairs and Events
5.4 Networking

6. The Sales Visit

6.1 Frequency and Preparation of Visits
6.2 Conduct of a Visit
6.3 Visit Reports and Follow-Up
6.4 Aftercare and Follow-Up

7. Conversational Tactics
7.1 Structured Conversation Preparation
7.2 Goal-Oriented Conversation: The D.A.L.A.S Model
7.3 Questioning Techniques

www.iu.org
356 DLBDSEAS01

8. Conducting Negotiations
8.1 Psychology of Negotiation
8.2 Negotiation Structure
8.3 Objection Handling
8.4 Price Negotiations

9. Other Sales Channels

9.1 Telemarketing
9.2 Catalogue and Brochure Sales
9.3 Internet and E-Commerce

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bloomfield, J. (2020). NeuroSelling: Mastering the customer conversation using the surprising
science of decision making. Axon Publishing.
▪ Jobber, D., Lancaster, G., & Le Meunier-FitzHugh, K. (2019). Selling and sales
management (10th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Peppers, D., & Rogers, M. (2016). Managing customer experience and relationships: A strategic
framework (3rd ed.). Wiley.
▪ Pink, D. H. (2012). To sell is human: The surprising truth about moving others. Riverhead
Books.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS01 357

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
358 DLBDSEAS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 359

Applied Sales II
Course Code: DLBDSEAS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The course Applied Sales II builds on the basics taught in the course "Applied Sales I" and
broadens and deepens them. First, the tension between marketing and sales is examined in more
detail. Based on this, essential backgrounds and central target figures for successful sales
management (e.g., customer satisfaction and loyalty as well as the customer life cycle) are derived
and operationalized in order to create the basis for efficient and effective customer relationship
management. As the process progresses, attention will also be paid to mental processes and
consumer behavior in general. In addition, strategies and paths to successful negotiation are
deepened and supplemented by convincing communication techniques. The course concludes
with a case study in the course of which the students have the opportunity to apply what they
have learned in a practice-oriented manner.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

www.iu.org
360 DLBDSEAS02

Contents
1. Marketing and Sales
1.1 Marketing and Business Philosophy
1.2 Sales Marketing in Different Economic Sectors
1.3 Relationship Marketing
1.4 (International) Marketing and Sales Integration

2. Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor

2.1 Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
2.2 Customer Orientation Success Chain
2.3 Customer Relationship Strategies

3. Customer Retention
3.1 Customer Retention Management
3.2 Customer Retention Tools
3.3 Complaints Management

4. Customer-Oriented Communications
4.1 Communication and Sales Promotion by Sales Staff
4.2 Sales Promotion by Sales Team
4.3 Sales Promotion by the Company

5. Personalities in Sales
5.1 Sales Personalities
5.2 Selling in Teams
5.3 Negotiating with Committees

6. Presentation and Rhetoric

6.1 Rhetoric in Sales
6.2 Presentation Techniques
6.3 Nonverbal Communication

7. Networking
7.1 Organizational Networks and Networking
7.2 Building and Shaping Relationships
7.3 Networking via Social Media

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 361

8. Case Study—Multi-Vendor Customer Loyalty Programs

8.1 German Consumer Goods Market & Drugstore Industry Situation
8.2 PAYBACK—A German Synonym for Loyalty Cards

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Jobber, D./Lancaster, G./Le Meunier-Fitzhugh, K. (2019): Selling and Sales Management, 11th
Ed.; Pearson
▪ Johnston, M.W./Marshall (2021): Sales Force Management: Leadership, Innovation, Technology;
Routledge
▪ Jordan, J./Vazzana, M. (2011): Cracking the Sales Management Code: The Secrets to Measuring
and Managing Sales Performance; 13th Ed.; McGraw Hill
▪ Kumar, V./Reinartz, W. (2018): Customer Relationship Management: Concept, Strategy, and
Tools; 3rd Ed.; Springer Texts in Business and Economics
▪ Marcos, J./Davies, M. (2019): Implementing Key Account Management: Designing Customer-
Centric Processes for Mutual Growth; KoganPage
▪ Peppers, D./Rogers, M. (2011): Managing Customer Relationships : A Strategic Framework; 2nd
Ed.; Wiley

www.iu.org
362 DLBDSEAS02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 363

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS02
 DLBDSESCM 365

Supply Chain Management

Module Code: DLBDSESCM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Hubert Vogl (Supply Chain Management I ) / Sebastian Stütz (Supply Chain Management
II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Supply Chain Management I (DLBDSESCM01)

▪ Supply Chain Management II (DLBDSESCM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Supply Chain Management I

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Supply Chain Management II

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
366 DLBDSESCM

Module Contents

Supply Chain Management I

▪ Historical and terminological aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Motives for the creation of cross-company value creation networks
▪ Design principles and effects of value creation networks
▪ Logistical core processes and SCM
▪ Information technology aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Coordination and collaboration of the network partners
▪ Industry-specific solutions of the SCM

Supply Chain Management II

▪ Strategic aspects of SCM
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Planning Process
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process of Procurement
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process Production
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Distribution Process

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM 367

Learning Outcomes
Supply Chain Management I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Supply Chain Management II

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Transport &
fields of Logistics & Transportation Logistics fields

www.iu.org
368 DLBDSESCM01

Supply Chain Management I

Course Code: DLBDSESCM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
SCM proves to be an extremely multi-faceted construct from both a theoretical and a practical
point of view. An adequate understanding of the problem dimensions and modes of action of
(global) cross-company value creation networks requires a multidimensional approach. It starts by
considering logistical processes, with modern process, flow, and network standards forming an
important basis for SCM. On the basis of such an approach, students should gain a fundamental
understanding of SCM. From the point of view of a holistic approach, it also makes sense to also
examine a number of other typical problem areas in addition to the logistical challenges of this
concept. This includes IT aspects of SCM (e.g., APS systems), and questions to do with the
collaboration and coordination of network partners. This course also considers selected industry
specific SCM solutions (ECR or VMI).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.

▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of the Supply Chain Concept
1.1 Terminological and Conceptual Fundamentals
1.2 Supply Chain Typology According to Otto
1.3 Supply Chain Typology According to Bechtel/Jayaram
1.4 Dynamic Aspects of Supply Chains

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM01 369

2. Selected Theoretical Concepts for the Supply Chain Concept

2.1 New Institutional Economics
2.2 Game Theory
2.3 Network Approach
2.4 Other Theoretical Additions

3. Supply Chain Management

3.1 Basic Information on the Goals and Scope of SCM
3.2 Popular Problem Areas of the SCM
3.3 Supply Chain Management as an Evolutionary Step in Logistics
3.4 Supply Chain Management as Cooperation Management

4. SCM Model
4.1 Basic Information on the Term SCM Models
4.2 SCOR Model
4.3 SCM Task Model

5. SCM as a Coordination Problem

5.1 Basic Information on the Concept of Coordination
5.2 Coordination Concepts, Context, and Perspectives of SCM
5.3 Coordination Instruments

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bolstorff, P., & Rosenbaum, R. (2011). Supply chain excellence: A handbook for dramatic
improvement using the SCOR model. AMACOM.
▪ Bowersox, J., Closs, D., & Cooper, M. B. (2020). Supply chain logistics management (5th ed.).
McGraw Hill Education.
▪ Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2019). Supply chain management: Strategy, planning, and
operation (7th ed., Global ed.). Pearson Education.
▪ Kurbel, K. E. (2013). Enterprise resource planning and supply chain management: Functions,
business processes and software for manufacturing companies. Springer.

www.iu.org
370 DLBDSESCM01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM01 371

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
372 DLBDSESCM02

Supply Chain Management II

Course Code: DLBDSESCM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
From the perspective of strategic management research and practice, the activities covered by the
term SCM are closely related to efforts to build and/or maintain a stable operational competitive
advantage. A fundamental discussion of this relationship forms the starting point for the course.
On this basis, a differentiated analysis of strategy-relevant activities and instruments in the Plan,
Source, Make, Deliver, and Return process categories is then carried out using the SCOR model.
Special attention is given to the practice-relevant areas of SCM, e.g., order-promising (plan),
supplier-relation-management (source), postponement (make), and the ECR-concept (deliver).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.

▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Contents
1. Strategic Aspects of SCM
1.1 Strategic Thinking and Action: General Information
1.2 Competition Focus and SCM
1.3 Competition Location and SCM
1.4 Competition Rules and SCM

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 373

2. SCM Practice: Core Process Planning

2.1 General Preliminary Considerations
2.2 Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment
2.3 Order Promoting
2.4 Kanban
2.5 Integration of X-PL Logistics Service Providers

3. SCM Practice: Core Process Procurement

3.1 General Preliminary Considerations
3.2 Production Synchronous Procurement
3.3 Sourcing Concepts
3.4 Supplier Relations Management

4. SCM Practice: Core Process Production

4.1 Selected Aspects of the Problem Background
4.2 Collaborative Engineering
4.3 Postponement Strategies
4.4 Value Added Partnership

5. SCM Practice: Core Process Distribution

5.1 Basic Information on the Distribution Problem
5.2 Efficient Consumer Response (ECR)
5.3 Consignment Warehouse

www.iu.org
374 DLBDSESCM02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bookbinder, J. H. (2013). Handbook of global logistics: Transportation in international supply
chains. International series in operations research & management science: Bd. 181. Springer.
▪ Chopra, S (2019). Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, and Operation, EBook, Global
Edition, Pearson Education, Limited. ProQuest Ebook Central.
▪ Chopra, S. & Meindl, P. (2016). Supply chain management: Strategy, planning, and operation.
Always learning. Pearson.
▪ Christopher, M. (2016). Logistics & supply chain management (Fifth edition). Pearson.
▪ Ganesan, R. (2015). The profitable supply chain: A practitioner’s guide. Apress.
▪ Grant, D. B. (2012). Logistics management. Pearson.
▪ Kurbel, K. (2013). Enterprise resource planning and supply chain management: Functions,
business processes and software for manufacturing companies. Progress in IS. Springer.
▪ Pawar, K. S., Rogers, H., Potter, A. & Naim, M. (2015). Developments in Logistics and Supply
Chain Management: Past, Present and Future. Palgrave Macmillan.
▪ Piotrowicz, W. & Cuthbertson, R. (Hrsg.). (2015). Supply chain design and management for
emerging markets: Learning from countries and regions. Springer International Publishing.
▪ Scott, C., Lundgren, H. & Thompson, P. (2018). Guide to Supply Chain Management: An end to
end perspective. Management for professionals. Springer.
▪ Sindi, S. & Roe, M. (2017). Strategic supply chain management: The development of a
diagnostic model. Palgrave Macmillan.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 375

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
376 DLBDSESCM02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEMECFI 377

Managerial Economics and Corporate Finance and

Investment
Module Code: DLBDSEMECFI

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Andreas Simon (Managerial Economics) / Prof. Dr. Muhammad Ashfaq (Corporate Finance
and Investment)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Managerial Economics (DLBBWME01_E)

▪ Corporate Finance and Investment (DLBCFIE01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Managerial Economics
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Corporate Finance and Investment

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Written Assignment
• Study Format "myStudies": Written
Assessment: Written Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
378 DLBDSEMECFI

Module Contents

Managerial Economics
▪ Basics
▪ The Invisible Hand of the Market
▪ Consumer Decisions
▪ Business Decisions I: Full Competition
▪ Business Decisions II: Partial Competition
▪ Business Decisions III: Game Theory
▪ Advanced Microeconomics

Corporate Finance and Investment

▪ Introduction to Corporate Finance
▪ Ownership and Corporate Governance
▪ Understanding Financial Statements and Key Performance Indicators
▪ Basic Concepts of Financial Theory
▪ Types of Capital and Financing
▪ Short-term Financing Decisions
▪ Capital Budgeting and Decision-Making Methods in Investment

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEMECFI 379

Learning Outcomes
Managerial Economics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand basic economic interrelationships and apply them to different markets.
▪ explain the importance of supply, demand and market balance.
▪ assess the determinants of consumers' willingness to pay.
▪ discuss the determinants of production decisions and identify peak entrepreneurial
strategies.
▪ assess the influence of different types of markets on production and price decisions.
▪ analyse strategic interactions between companies.
▪ critically question traditional economic models on the basis of findings from information
and behavioural economics.

Corporate Finance and Investment

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize the targets and scope of corporate finance and the role of financial markets .
▪ understand agency-problems in corporations and how incentives and institutional and
market mechanisms are used to mitigate agency costs .
▪ interpret financial statements and key performance indicators and draw conclusions about
financing alternatives and potentials of a corporation.
▪ consider the time value of money and calculate the cost of capital used to optimize future
project cash flow streams.
▪ implement a long-term financing strategy and structure for corporations based on an
appropriate mix of equity, debt, leasing, and hybrid financial instruments.
▪ effectively utilize cash management and working capital management to reduce short-term
financing needs and costs.
▪ prepare investment decisions, estimate expected project cash flows and incorporate cash
flow related risks into the decision process.
▪ apply investment decision methodologies to evaluate and select favorable corporate
investment projects.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the Business &
fields of Economics and Business Administration Management field
& Management

www.iu.org
380 DLBBWME01_E

Managerial Economics
Course Code: DLBBWME01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The source for (almost) all economic questions is the issue of scarcity. Building on this insight, this
course considers three central elements. First, an analysis of the interplay between supply and
demand on markets is made. Secondly, the course will consider the development of insights into
the behaviour of consumers in markets. In a third part, the course will focus on entrepreneurial
decisions that depend, among other things, on production technology available and competitive
conditions in markets. These three core elements are taught from an application-oriented
standpoint, in which references to (current) challenges of the management of companies are
established. The course includes both the examination of economic theories and their application
in business practice.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand basic economic interrelationships and apply them to different markets.

▪ explain the importance of supply, demand and market balance.
▪ assess the determinants of consumers' willingness to pay.
▪ discuss the determinants of production decisions and identify peak entrepreneurial
strategies.
▪ assess the influence of different types of markets on production and price decisions.
▪ analyse strategic interactions between companies.
▪ critically question traditional economic models on the basis of findings from information
and behavioural economics.

Contents
1. Basics
1.1 Definitions & Main Topics of Economics
1.2 Thinking like an Economist

2. The Invisible Hand of the Market

2.1 Supply and Demand
2.2 Market Balance
2.3 Flexibility
2.4 Applications

www.iu.org
 DLBBWME01_E 381

3. Consumer Decisions
3.1 Utility Theory
3.2 Willingness to Pay
3.3 Demand
3.4 Applications

4. Business Decisions I: Full Competition

4.1 Production
4.2 Costs
4.3 Supply
4.4 Applications

5. Business Decisions II: Partial Competition

5.1 Monopoly
5.2 Monopolistic Competition
5.3 Oligopoly

6. Business Decisions III: Game Theory

6.1 Methodology
6.2 Simultaneous Games
6.3 Sequential Games

7. Advanced Microeconomics
7.1 Information Economics
7.2 Behavioural Economics

www.iu.org
382 DLBBWME01_E

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Acemoglu, D., Laibson, & D., List, J. A. (2018). Microeconomics, Global edition (2nd ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Case, K. E., Osten, S. M., & Fair, R. C. (2019). Principles of economics, Global edition (13th ed.).
Harlow.
▪ Keat, P. G., & Young, P. K. Y. (2013). Managerial economics, Global Edition (7th ed.). Pearson
Education Limited.
▪ Leyton-Brown, K., & Shoham, Y. (2008). Essentials of game theory: A concise multidisciplinary
introduction.
▪ Mankiw, N. G. (2017). Principles of economics (8th ed.). Cengage Learning.
▪ Pindyck, R. S., & Rubinfeld, D. L. (2017). Microeconomics (9th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Parkin, M. (2019). Economics (13th ed.). Harlow.

www.iu.org
 DLBBWME01_E 383

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
384 DLBBWME01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCFIE01 385

Corporate Finance and Investment

Course Code: DLBCFIE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course introduces students to the targets and scope of corporate finance and the role of
financial markets. The separation of ownership and control is a constituent feature of
corporations; students explore the resulting agency problems and the mechanisms available to
mitigate the costs of agency relationships.Students will be introduced to fundamentals of theory
and practice regarding principles of modern corporate finance. They will learn to read and analyze
financial statements from a financing point of view and develop a detailed understanding of
concepts such as the time value of money, interest rates, and cost of capital. After introducing
basic concepts, equity and debt financing will be discussed at length. The financial leverage effect
on rates of return will be explored and leasing and hybrid financial instruments as an alternative
to pure equity and debt financing are presented. Students will study how corporations apply
short-term measures of financing and how effective cash and working capital management is used
to reduce short-term financing needs and costs.This course will conclude with a discussion on the
investment processes of corporations with a particular focus on the challenge of estimating
expected cash flows. Students will learn how to include risk as a factor in the decision process
and be able to analyse applied investment rules and methodologies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize the targets and scope of corporate finance and the role of financial markets .
▪ understand agency-problems in corporations and how incentives and institutional and
market mechanisms are used to mitigate agency costs .
▪ interpret financial statements and key performance indicators and draw conclusions about
financing alternatives and potentials of a corporation.
▪ consider the time value of money and calculate the cost of capital used to optimize future
project cash flow streams.
▪ implement a long-term financing strategy and structure for corporations based on an
appropriate mix of equity, debt, leasing, and hybrid financial instruments.
▪ effectively utilize cash management and working capital management to reduce short-term
financing needs and costs.
▪ prepare investment decisions, estimate expected project cash flows and incorporate cash
flow related risks into the decision process.
▪ apply investment decision methodologies to evaluate and select favorable corporate
investment projects.

www.iu.org
386 DLBCFIE01

Contents
1. Introduction to Corporate Finance
1.1 The Targets and Scope of Corporate Finance
1.2 The Role of a Financial Manager
1.3 The Financial Market Environment

2. Ownership and Corporate Governance

2.1 Legal Types of Firms
2.2 Agency Relations and Agency Problems in Corporations
2.3 Institutional Investors, Incentives, and Market Control Mechanisms

3. Understanding Financial Statements and Key Performance Indicators

3.1 Balance Sheets
3.2 Income Statements
3.3 Cash Flow Statements
3.4 Measuring Performance: Key Performance Indicators

4. Basic Concepts of Financial Theory

4.1 Time Value of Money and Cash Flow Streams
4.2 Interest Rates: Determinants and Quotes
4.3 Estimating the Cost of Capital

5. Types of Capital and Financing

5.1 Equity Capital
5.2 Debt Financing
5.3 Leasing
5.4 Financial Leverage and Capital Structure

6. Short-Term Financing Decisions

6.1 Cash Budgets and Short-Term Financial Plans
6.2 Treasury and Cash Management
6.3 Working Capital Management

7. Capital Budgeting and Decision-Making Methods in Investment

7.1 Capital Budgeting and Investments
7.2 Incorporating Risk in Capital Budgeting Decisions
7.3 Investment Rules and Decision-Making Methods

www.iu.org
 DLBCFIE01 387

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Brigham, E. F., & Houston, J. F. (2019). Fundamentals of financial management (15th ed.).
Southwestern-Cengage.
▪ Zutter, C. J., & Smart, S. B. (2019). Principles of managerial finance (15th ed.). Pearson .

www.iu.org
388 DLBCFIE01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBCFIE01 389

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBCFIE01
 DLBDSESF 391

Smart Factory
Module Code: DLBDSESF

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Mario Boßlau (Smart Factory I) / Prof. Dr. Mario Boßlau (Smart Factory II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Smart Factory I (DLBDSESF01)

▪ Smart Factory II (DLBDSESF02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Smart Factory I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Smart Factory II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
392 DLBDSESF

Module Contents

Smart Factory I
▪ Motivation and Definition of Terms
▪ Development of Automation
▪ Technological Basics and Standards
▪ Basic concepts of a Smart Factory
▪ Reference Architectures
▪ Smart Factory Engineering
▪ Safety and Security

Smart Factory II

A catalogue with the currently provided tasks is provided on the online platform of the module. It
provides the content basis of the module and can be supplemented or updated by the seminar
leader.

Learning Outcomes
Smart Factory I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the term Smart Factory in the context of Industry 4.0.
▪ be able to trace the development of automation to a fully autonomous, non-centrally
organized production plant.
▪ understand the basic technologies and standards used to design and operate a Smart
Factory.
▪ understand the essential concepts of a Smart Factory.
▪ identify and differentiate between the individual elements of a Smart Factory using different
reference architectures.
▪ understand the special engineering challenges in the Smart Energy context.
▪ understand the special safety risks of digitized and networked production plants and assign
concrete recommendations for action.

Smart Factory II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ have a deeper understanding of the technologies and standards in the context of Smart
Factory.
▪ apply technologies in the context of Smart Factory to a simple practical example.
▪ design a hardware or software prototype for a selected task.
▪ document, design, and develop activities in the form of a project report.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF 393

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
394 DLBDSESF01

Smart Factory I
Course Code: DLBDSESF01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, students will gain a deeper insight into the networking and digitization of
production facilities by examining a Smart Factory. For this purpose, they will be familiarized with
the basic goals of a Smart Factory in the context of the research complex Industry 4.0. After a brief
introduction to the history of automation, students will learn the technical basics and standards
required to design and operate a Smart Factory. Building on this, they will learn how these
individual technologies are used to implement the central concepts of a Smart Factory. In order to
understand which components a Smart Factory consists of, different reference architectures are
presented and compared. The course concludes with the special engineering challenges of an
autonomously acting and decentralized production plant. Above all, this includes IT security, which
is particularly relevant due to the digital networking of production facilities and products.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the term Smart Factory in the context of Industry 4.0.

▪ be able to trace the development of automation to a fully autonomous, non-centrally
organized production plant.
▪ understand the basic technologies and standards used to design and operate a Smart
Factory.
▪ understand the essential concepts of a Smart Factory.
▪ identify and differentiate between the individual elements of a Smart Factory using different
reference architectures.
▪ understand the special engineering challenges in the Smart Energy context.
▪ understand the special safety risks of digitized and networked production plants and assign
concrete recommendations for action.

Contents
1. Motivation and Definition of Terms
1.1 Goals of Smart Factory
1.2 Internet of Things
1.3 Cyber-Physical Systems
1.4 Cyber-Physical Production Systems
1.5 Smart Factory as a Cyber-Physical (Production) System

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF01 395

2. Development of Automation
2.1 Automation Pyramid
2.2 Networked, Decentralized Organization of Production
2.3 Future Challenges

3. Technological Basics and Standards

3.1 Identification of Physical Objects
3.2 Formal Description Languages and Ontologies
3.3 Digital Object Memory
3.4 Physical Situation Recognition
3.5 (Partially) Autonomous Action and Cooperation
3.6 Human-Machine Interaction
3.7 Machine to Machine Communication

4. Basic Concepts of a Smart Factory

4.1 Order-Controlled Production
4.2 Bundling of Machine and Production Data
4.3 Supporting People in Production
4.4 Intelligent Products and Resources
4.5 Smart Services

5. Reference Architectures
5.1 Purpose and Properties of Reference Architectures
5.2 Overview of Standardization Initiatives
5.3 CyProS Reference Architecture
5.4 RAMI 4.0 (DIN SPEC 91345)

6. Smart Factory Engineering

6.1 Classification of Different Engineering Tools
6.2 Virtual Engineering
6.3 User-Centered Design
6.4 Requirements Engineering
6.5 Modelling
6.6 Integration of Classic and Smart Components

www.iu.org
396 DLBDSESF01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Butun, I. (2020). Industrial IoT: Challenges, design principles, applications, and security.
Springer.
▪ Drossel, W. G., Ihlenfeldt, S., Lanzger, T., & Dumitrescu, R. (2019). Cyber-physical systems. In R.
Neugebauer (Ed.), Digital transformation (pp. 189—213). Springer.
▪ Durakbasa, N. M., & Gençyılmaz, M. G. (Eds.). (2021). Digital conversion on the way to Industry
4.0. Springer.
▪ Ustundag, A., & Cevikcan, E. (2018). Industry 4.0: Managing the digital transformation. Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF01 397

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
398 DLBDSESF02

Smart Factory II
Course Code: DLBDSESF02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, students select a concrete task from the catalog of topics provided in consultation
with the seminar leader. They will work on the task in a prototyping environment suited to the
task, which can be either a hardware (e.g., prototyping boards) or software (e.g., technology-
specific development environments) environment. To complete the task, students apply the
concepts, methods, and tools taught in the Smart Factory I course. They document their results
with a project report.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ have a deeper understanding of the technologies and standards in the context of Smart
Factory.
▪ apply technologies in the context of Smart Factory to a simple practical example.
▪ design a hardware or software prototype for a selected task.
▪ document, design, and develop activities in the form of a project report.

Contents
▪ A catalogue with the currently provided tasks is provided on the online platform of the
module. It provides the content basis of the module and can be supplemented or updated
by the seminar leader.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF02 399

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSESF02
 DLBDSEAR 401

Production Engineering, Automation and Robotics

Module Code: DLBDSEAR

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum ▪ none BA 10 300 h
▪ DLBDSEAR01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Mario Boßlau (Production Engineering) / Prof. Dr. Matthias Eifler (Automation and
Robotics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Production Engineering (DLBDSEAR01)

▪ Automation and Robotics (DLBDSEAR02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Production Engineering
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Automation and Robotics

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
402 DLBDSEAR

Module Contents

Production Engineering
▪ Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
▪ Main Production Groups According to DIN 8580
▪ Additive Manufacturing Processes
▪ Rapid Prototyping
▪ Rapid Tooling
▪ Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
▪ Cyber-Physical Production Plants

Automation and Robotics

▪ Basics of Automation
▪ Fundamentals of Measurement Technology
▪ Sensors
▪ Basics of Control Engineering
▪ Basics of Control Technology
▪ Introduction to Robotics
▪ Kinematics of a Robot

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR 403

Learning Outcomes
Production Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.
▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to
DIN 8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Automation and Robotics

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.
▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
This module is similar to other modules in the fields
field of Engineering

www.iu.org
404 DLBDSEAR01

Production Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEAR01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an overview of the processes that have
influenced and still influence production processes through technological developments under
the generic term Industry 4.0, based on traditional, standardized manufacturing techniques. These
include, in particular, technological advances in additive manufacturing processes that enable
applications such as rapid prototyping, rapid tooling, and direct manufacturing. Finally, the course
deals with the consequences of the digitalization and networking of production facilities and their
elements in the sense of a cyber-physical system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.

▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to
DIN 8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Contents
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
1.1 Basic Terms and Contexts in Manufacturing Theory
1.2 Historical Development of Production
1.3 The Discussion About the Long Tail

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR01 405

2. Classification Of Manufacturing Processes

2.1 Casting and Molding
2.2 Forming
2.3 Machining
2.4 Joining
2.5 Coating
2.6 Changing the Properties of Substances

3. Additive Manufacturing Processes

3.1 Basic Principles and Legal Aspects
3.2 Stereolithography (STL)
3.3 Selective Laser Sintering and Selective Beam Melting With Laser or Electron Beam
3.4 Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM)
3.5 Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM) and Poly-Jet Process (PJM)
3.6 3D Printing Process (3DP)
3.7 Laminating Processes
3.8 Mask Sintering

4. Rapid Prototyping
4.1 Definition
4.2 Strategic and Operational Aspects
4.3 Application Areas and Examples

5. Rapid Tooling
5.1 Definition, Strategic, and Operational Aspects
5.2 Indirect and Direct Procedures

6. Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
6.1 Potentials and Requirements for Procedures
6.2 Implementation, Application Areas, and Examples

7. Cyber-Physical Production Plants

7.1 Derivation of the Terms Industry 4.0 and Cyber-Physical Systems
7.2 Megatrend Cyber Physical Systems (CPS)
7.3 Definition Cyber-Physical Production Plant
7.4 Effects on Planning and Operation of Production Facilities
7.5 Dynamic Reconfiguration and Migration of Production Facilities

www.iu.org
406 DLBDSEAR01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Anderson, C. (2012): Makers. The new industrial revolution. Crown Business, New York.
▪ Gebhardt, A. (2012): Understanding Additive Manufacturing. Rapid Prototyping – Rapid Tooling
– Rapid Manufacturing. Hanser, München/Cincinnati.
▪ Gibson, I., Rosen, D., Stucker, B., & Khorasani, M. (2021). Additive Manufacturing Technologies
(3rd ed.). Springer International Publishing.
▪ Groover, M. P., (2019). Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes, and
Systems (7th ed.). Wiley.
▪ Kalpakjian, S., & Schmid, S.R. (2020). Manufacturing Engineering and Technology (8th ed.).
Pearson.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR01 407

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
408 DLBDSEAR01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR02 409

Automation and Robotics

Course Code: DLBDSEAR02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 DLBDSEAR01
English

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an insight into measurement, control, and
regulation technology and convey the basics of robotics. Students will be taught which methods
can be used to determine certain measured variables and how measurement errors are dealt with.
Based on these fundamentals, various sensors will be presented and students will be able to
select suitable sensors based on predefined criteria. The course also introduces students to the
basics of control engineering. The different ways of describing the structure and behaviour of
control systems are illustrated to the students. The basics of control engineering are also taught.
The students receive a short introduction to binary number systems and Boolean algebra, and
deal with various basal circuit and control elements. Finally, students will gain an insight into
robotics with a focus on industrial robots. In this context, the students learn the description and
calculation of positions and movements of individual limbs of a robot arm.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.

▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

www.iu.org
410 DLBDSEAR02

Contents
1. Basics of Automation
1.1 Basic Terms
1.2 Economic Aspects
1.3 Automation Pyramid
1.4 Measuring, Control, and Regulation Systems

2. Fundamentals of Measurement Technology

2.1 Measurands and Units
2.2 Forms of Measurement Signals
2.3 Measurement Techniques
2.4 Measuring Equipment
2.5 Evaluation of Measurements and Measurement Errors

3. Sensors
3.1 Function and Elements of Sensors
3.2 Criteria for the Selection of Sensors
3.3 Proximity Switches
3.4 Photoelectric Sensors
3.5 Ultrasonic Sensors
3.6 Rotary Encoder
3.7 Force, Torque, and Pressure Gauges
3.8 Temperature Sensors
3.9 Image Processing Sensors

4. Basics of Control Engineering

4.1 Elements of Control Systems
4.2 Structure Description
4.3 Static Behavioral Description
4.4 Behavioral Description in the Time Domain
4.5 Behavioral Description in the Frequency Domain
4.6 Practical examples

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR02 411

5. Basics of Control Technology

5.1 Basic Principle and Elements of Control Systems
5.2 Numerical Representations
5.3 Boolean Algebra
5.4 Switching Networks, Plants, and Storage Facilities
5.5 Signal Generators and Power Amplifiers
5.6 Programmable Logic Controllers
5.7 Connection-Programmed Controls

6. Introduction to Robotics
6.1 Terms and Classification
6.2 Basic Elements
6.3 Classification of Robots

7. Kinematics of a Robot
7.1 Coordinate Systems and Reference Points
7.2 Rotations
7.3 Forward and Reverse Transformations
7.4 Denavit-Hartenberg Transformation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Gardner, R. (2021). Introduction to plant automation and controls. Taylor & Francis.
▪ Jazar, R. (2010). Theory of applied robotics: Kinematics, dynamics, and control (2nd ed.).
Springer.
▪ Moir, T. (2020). Feedback. Springer.
▪ Morris, A. S., & Langari, R. (2020). Measurement and instrumentation: Theory and
application (3rded.). Academic Press.
▪ Tse, F. S., & Morse, I. E. (2009). Measurement and instrumentation in engineering. CRC Press.

www.iu.org
412 DLBDSEAR02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD 413

Autonomous Driving
Module Code: DLBDSEAD

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Self-Driving Vehicles) / N.N. (Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01)

▪ Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology (DLBDSEAD02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Self-Driving Vehicles
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-

Driving Technology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Research Essay

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
414 DLBDSEAD

Module Contents

Self-Driving Vehicles
▪ Safety standards
▪ Sensor fusion
▪ Computer vision
▪ Localization & motion
▪ Motion planning

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include (but
are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or implications for
society, law, or relevant industries.

Learning Outcomes
Self-Driving Vehicles
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ cite relevant safety standards.
▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.
▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD01 415

Self-Driving Vehicles
Course Code: DLBDSEAD01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This course focuses on the foundations of autonomous vehicles and starts with a detailed
introduction to relevant safety standards in terms of functional and IT security.This course
continues with a presentation of the concept of sensor fusion and discusses relevant aspects of
computer vision techniques such as feature detection, calibration, and semantic segmentation.A
large part of the course concerns localization and motion planning. Relevant motion models are
introduced and localization techniques such as odometry, triangulation, and satellite-based
systems are discussed in detail, along with path planning, motion prediction, and trajectory
generation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ cite relevant safety standards.

▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Contents
1. Sensors
1.1 Physical principles of sensors
1.2 Types of sensors
1.3 Sensor calibaration
1.4 Application scenarios

2. Sensor Fusion
2.1 Elaborating data from sensors
2.2 Kalman filter
2.3 Object tracking

www.iu.org
416 DLBDSEAD01

3. Computer Vision
3.1 Pixels and filters
3.2 Feature detection
3.3 Distortions and calibration
3.4 Semantic segmentation

4. Localization & Motion

4.1 Motion models
4.2 Odometry
4.3 Triangulation
4.4 Satellite-based localization

5. Motion planning
5.1 Path planning
5.2 Motion prediction
5.3 Trajectory generation

6. Safety Standards
6.1 Functional Safety
6.2 IT Security Standards
6.3 Safety development approaches

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD01 417

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001).:Directive 2001/95/EG. (URL: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/DE/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32001L0095 [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ International Electrotechnical Commission. (2015): IEC 61508. (URL: https://www.iec.ch/
functionalsafety/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2009): ISO 15408. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/50341.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 25119. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/69026.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 26262. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/68383.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (n.d.): ISO 21434. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/70918.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO/IEC 27001. (URL: https://
www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Rausand, M. (2014): Reliability of safety‐critical systems: Theory and applications. Wiley,
Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (URL: https://www.sae.org/
standards/content/j3061/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
418 DLBDSEAD01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD02 419

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving

Technology
Course Code: DLBDSEAD02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
This courses focuses on recent developments in the field of self-driving vehicles. Following the
course Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01), in this course students will focus on a particular topic
in the context of autonomous driving, applying the knowledge they have obtained in the first
course.Finally, a research essay will be written.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.

▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Contents
▪ The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include
(but are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or
implications for society, law, or relevant industries.

www.iu.org
420 DLBDSEAD02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001).:Directive 2001/95/EG. (URL: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/DE/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32001L0095 [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ International Electrotechnical Commission. (2015): IEC 61508. (URL: https://www.iec.ch/
functionalsafety/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2009): ISO 15408. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/50341.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 25119. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/69026.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 26262. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/68383.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (n.d.): ISO 21434. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/70918.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO/IEC 27001. (URL: https://
www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Marchthaler, R./Dingler, S. (2017): Kalman-Filter. Springer, Wiesbaden.
▪ Rausand, M. (2014): Reliability of safety‐critical systems: Theory and applications. Wiley,
Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (URL: https://www.sae.org/
standards/content/j3061/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD02 421

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD02
 DLFSWG 423

Foreign Language German

Module Code: DLFSWG

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Certificate Course German) / Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Foreign Language
German)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course German (DLFSWG01)

▪ Foreign Language German (DLFSG01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course German

• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language German

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
424 DLFSWG

Module Contents

Certificate Course German

To learn and deepen German as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language German

To learn and deepen German as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course German
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Foreign Language German

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Languages

www.iu.org
 DLFSWG01 425

Certificate Course German

Course Code: DLFSWG01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
German as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and

www.iu.org
426 DLFSWG01

coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)
▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
 DLFSWG01 427

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
428 DLFSG01

Foreign Language German

Course Code: DLFSG01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
German as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
 DLFSG01 429

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
430 DLFSG01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
 DLFSWI_E 431

Foreign Language Italian

Module Code: DLFSWI_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Certificate Course Italian) / Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Foreign Language
Italian)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course Italian (DLFSWI01_E)

▪ Foreign Language Italian (DLFSI01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course Italian

• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language Italian

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
432 DLFSWI_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course Italian

To learn and deepen Italian as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language Italian

To learn and deepen Italian as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course Italian
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Foreign Language Italian

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Languages

www.iu.org
 DLFSWI01_E 433

Certificate Course Italian

Course Code: DLFSWI01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Italian as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and

www.iu.org
434 DLFSWI01_E

coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)
▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
 DLFSWI01_E 435

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
436 DLFSI01_E

Foreign Language Italian

Course Code: DLFSI01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Italian as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
 DLFSI01_E 437

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
438 DLFSI01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
 DLFSWF_E 439

Foreign Language French

Module Code: DLFSWF_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Certificate Course French) / Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Foreign Language
French)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course French (DLFSWF01_E)

▪ Foreign Language French (DLFSF01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course French

• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language French

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
440 DLFSWF_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course French

To learn and deepen French as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language French

To learn and deepen French as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course French
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Foreign Language French

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Languages

www.iu.org
 DLFSWF01_E 441

Certificate Course French

Course Code: DLFSWF01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
French as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and

www.iu.org
442 DLFSWF01_E

coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)
▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
 DLFSWF01_E 443

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
444 DLFSF01_E

Foreign Language French

Course Code: DLFSF01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
French as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
 DLFSF01_E 445

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
446 DLFSF01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
 DLFSWS_E 447

Foreign Language Spanish

Module Code: DLFSWS_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Certificate Course Spanish) / Prof. Dr. Regina Cordes (Foreign Language
Spanish)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course Spanish (DLFSWS01_E)

▪ Foreign Language Spanish (DLFSS01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course Spanish

• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language Spanish

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
448 DLFSWS_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course Spanish

To learn and deepen Spanish as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language Spanish

To learn and deepen Spanish as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course Spanish
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Foreign Language Spanish

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
This module is similar to other modules in the
field of Languages

www.iu.org
 DLFSWS01_E 449

Certificate Course Spanish

Course Code: DLFSWS01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Spanish as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and

www.iu.org
450 DLFSWS01_E

coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)
▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
 DLFSWS01_E 451

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
452 DLFSS01_E

Foreign Language Spanish

Course Code: DLFSS01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Spanish as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
 DLFSS01_E 453

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
454 DLFSS01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDPITS 455

Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security

Module Code: DLBCSIDPITS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ralf Kneuper (Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security (DLBCSIDPITS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Fundamentals of IT Security
▪ Data Protection
▪ IT Security Management
▪ Network and Communication Security

www.iu.org
456 DLBCSIDPITS

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the terms and concepts of IT security and know the typical procedures and
techniques which exist in each area.
▪ cite the legal regulations on data protection and explain their implementation.
▪ discuss in-depth IT security management and suitable measures for implementation.
▪ use their overview knowledge of activities and strategies for IT security in software and
system development.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field(s) of Computer Science & Software Technology field(s).
Development.

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDPITS01 457

Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security

Course Code: DLBCSIDPITS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
In this course, the students are familiarized with important concepts from the field of IT security.
Basic terms are introduced and discussed, and typical application fields, areas of IT security
application, and typical procedures and techniques are introduced and described.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the terms and concepts of IT security and know the typical procedures and
techniques which exist in each area.
▪ cite the legal regulations on data protection and explain their implementation.
▪ discuss in-depth IT security management and suitable measures for implementation.
▪ use their overview knowledge of activities and strategies for IT security in software and
system development.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Data Protection and Cyber Security
1.1 Conceptual Bases, Protection Goals
1.2 Attacks and Threats
1.3 Security Strategy
1.4 Legal Regulations

2. Data Protection
2.1 Data Protection as a Personal Right
2.2 Basic Principles of Data Protection
2.3 EU General Data Protection Regulation
2.4 Further International Regulations on Data Protection
2.5 Cross-Border Data Flow
2.6 Data Protection in Everyday Life

www.iu.org
458 DLBCSIDPITS01

3. Basic Functions of Cyber Security and Their Implementation

3.1 Identification and Authentication
3.2 Rights Management
3.3 Rights Check
3.4 Preservation of Evidence

4. Cyber Security Management

4.1 Basic Concepts and Standards in Cyber Security Management
4.2 Series of Standards ISO 2700x

5. Cyber Security Management in Everyday Life

5.1 Password Management
5.2 Data Backup
5.3 Email Security
5.4 Protection Against Viruses and Other Malware
5.5 Protection Against Social Engineering Attacks

6. Network and Communication Security

6.1 Firewall Technology
6.2 Network Separation
6.3 Security in WLAN, Mobile Networks, Bluetooth, and NFC

7. Cyber Security in the Development of Software and Systems

7.1 Protection of the Development Environment
7.2 Secure Development
7.3 Common Criteria

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Arnold, R. (2017). Cybersecurity: A business solution. An executive perspective on managing
cyber risk. Threat Sketch.
▪ Mattord, H., & Whitman, M. (2017). Management of information security. Cengage.
▪ European Parliament and Council of the European Union. (2016). EU General Data Protection
Regulation (GDPR): Regulation 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the council of 27
April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal
data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data
Protection Regulation). Official Journal of the European Union. Chapters 1—3

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDPITS01 459

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
460 DLBCSIDPITS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☑ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBDSME 461

Model Engineering
Module Code: DLBDSME

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe
1 Semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Model Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Model Engineering (DLBDSME01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Case Study
Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Case Study

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Data science methodologies
▪ Model building
▪ Model evaluation
▪ Model combination
▪ Interpretable models

www.iu.org
462 DLBDSME

Learning Outcomes
Model Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand common data science methodologies.
▪ create benchmark models.
▪ analyze models with respect to their interpretability.
▪ apply model validation techniques.
▪ recall established model combination techniques.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence Technology fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSME01 463

Model Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSME01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 none
English

Course Description
Building high-quality predictive models is one of the core competencies of data scientists. This
course begins with an introduction to relevant data science approaches such as CRISP-DM and
Microsoft Team Data Science. The following section on model building focuses on the best
practices that allow data scientists to build enterprise-grade models. Subsequent chapters
explore techniques for model validation and model combination, also known as ensemble
learning.Traditionally, the most explainable models have not been very powerful, and the most
powerful models have not been very explainable. Nevertheless, interpretable models—and
interpretable machine learning models in particular—are highly desirable in many areas. This
course gives a detailed overview of common approaches, such as surrogate model visualizations,
which illustrate the behavior of the models.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand common data science methodologies.

▪ create benchmark models.
▪ analyze models with respect to their interpretability.
▪ apply model validation techniques.
▪ recall established model combination techniques.

Contents
1. Data Science Methodologies
1.1 CRISP-DM
1.2 MS Team Data Science

2. Model Building
2.1 Establishing a benchmark model
2.2 Workflow automation
2.3 Model persistence and model versioning

3. Model Evaluation
3.1 Under- and overfitting
3.2 Cross validation

www.iu.org
464 DLBDSME01

4. Interpretable models
4.1 Why interpretable models?
4.2 Black-box versus interpretable models
4.3 Visualizers for convolutional neural networks
4.4 Surrogate models

5. Combining Learning Models

5.1 Bagging
5.2 Boosting
5.3 Model stacking

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Chapman, P. (n.d.). CRISP-DM user guide [PDF document]. Retrieved from https://s2.smu.edu/
~mhd/8331f03/crisp.pdf
▪ Geron, A. (2017). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow
.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Kuhn, M., & Johnson, K. (2013). Applied predictive modeling
.
New York, NY: Springer.
▪ Maydanchik, A. (2007). Data quality assessment
.
Denville, NJ: Technics Publications.
▪ Microsoft. (2017). Team Data Science process documentation [training module]. Retrieved
from
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/machine-learning/team-data-science-process/
overview
▪ Molnar, C. (2019). Interpretable machine learning: A guide for making black box models
explainable. Retrieved from
https://christophm.github.io/interpretable-ml-book/
▪ Müller, A., & Guido, S. (2016). Introduction to machine learning with Python: A guide for data
scientists
.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Zheng, A. (2015). Evaluating machine learning models. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSME01 465

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
466 DLBDSME01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book ☐ Sprint

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab ☐ Interactive Online Lecture
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio ☐ Reader
☐ Exam Template ☑ Slides

www.iu.org
 DLBSG_E 467

Studium Generale
Module Code: DLBSG_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum None BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Studium Generale I) / N.N. (Studium Generale II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Studium Generale I (DLBSG01_E)

▪ Studium Generale II (DLBSG02_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Studium Generale I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": See
Selected Course

Studium Generale II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": See
Selected Course

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
468 DLBSG_E

Module Contents

Studium Generale I

In principle, all IU bachelor courses can be selected as courses for the "Studium Generale", so that
the content can be chosen from the entire breadth of the IU distance learning program.

Studium Generale II

In principle, all IU bachelor courses can be selected as courses for the "Studium Generale", so that
the content can be chosen from the entire breadth of the IU distance learning program.

Learning Outcomes
Studium Generale I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Studium Generale II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the
Program University
It is a stand-alone offering with possible All IU Distance Learning Bachelor Programs
references to various required and elective
modules

www.iu.org
 DLBSG01_E 469

Studium Generale I
Course Code: DLBSG01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 5 None
English

Course Description
In the course "Studium Generale I", students deepen their knowledge in a self-selected subject
area by completing an IU course outside their applicable curriculum. This gives them the
opportunity to look beyond their own subject area and acquire further competencies. The
associated option enables students to self-determine their study content to focus even more on
issues relevant to them and/or to strengthen or develop selected competencies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Contents
▪ The course "Studium Generale I" offers students the opportunity to take courses outside of
their curriculum and the result can be credited as an elective subject. In principle, all IU
bachelor courses that fulfill the following requirements can be chosen for this purpose:
▪ They are not part of an integral part of the applicable mandatory curriculum.
▪ They do not have admission requirements or students can prove that they have met the
admission requirement.
▪ The examination of the selected courses must be taken in full and finally passed in order to
be credited as part of the 'Studium Generale' .

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ See course description of the selected course

www.iu.org
470 DLBSG01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning See Selected Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam See Selected Course

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
100 h 0h 25 h 25 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

See Selected Course

www.iu.org
 DLBSG02_E 471

Studium Generale II
Course Code: DLBSG02_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA None
English

Course Description
In the course "Studium Generale II", students deepen their knowledge in a self-selected subject
area by completing an IU course outside their applicable curriculum. This gives them the
opportunity to look beyond their own subject area and acquire further competencies. The
associated option enables students to self-determine their study content to focus even more on
issues relevant to them and/or to strengthen or develop selected competencies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Contents
▪ The course "Studium Generale II" offers students the opportunity to take courses outside of
their curriculum and the result can be credited as an elective subject. In principle, all IU
bachelor courses that fulfill the following requirements can be chosen for this purpose:
▪ They are not part of an integral part of the applicable mandatory curriculum.
▪ They do not have admission requirements or students can prove that they have met the
admission requirement.
▪ The examination of the selected courses must be taken in full and finally passed in order to
be credited as part of the 'Studium Generale' .

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ See course description of the selected course

www.iu.org
472 DLBSG02_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning See Selected Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam See Selected Course

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
100 h 0h 25 h 25 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

See Selected Course

www.iu.org
 DLBBT 473

Bachelor Thesis
Module Code: DLBBT

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

and Examination
see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe
1 semester English

Module Coordinator
Degree Program Advisor (SGL) (Bachelor Thesis) / Degree Program Advisor (SGL) (Colloquium)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Bachelor Thesis (DLBBT01)

▪ Colloquium (DLBBT02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Bachelor Thesis
• Study Format "myStudies": Written
Assessment: Bachelor Thesis
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Bachelor Thesis

Colloquium
• Study Format "myStudies": Presentation:
Colloquium
• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Presentation: Colloquium

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
474 DLBBT

Module Contents

Bachelor Thesis
▪ Bachelor's thesis
▪ Colloquium on the bachelor's thesis

Colloquium

Learning Outcomes
Bachelor Thesis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ work on a problem from their major field of study by applying the specialist and
methodological skills they have acquired during their studies.
▪ independently analyze selected tasks with scientific methods, critically evaluate them, and
develop appropriate solutions under the guidance of an academic supervisor.
▪ record and analyze existing (research) literature appropriate to the topic of their bachelor's
thesis.
▪ prepare a detailed written elaboration in compliance with scientific methods.

Colloquium
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ present a problem from their field of study using academic presentation and communication
techniques.
▪ reflect on the scientific and methodological approach chosen in their bachelor's thesis.
▪ demonstrate that they can actively answer subject-related questions from the subject
experts (reviewers of the bachelor’s thesis).

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of the University
Program
All bachelor programs in distance learning
All modules in the bachelor program

www.iu.org
 DLBBT01 475

Bachelor Thesis
Course Code: DLBBT01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 9 none
English

Course Description
The aim and purpose of the bachelor's thesis is to successfully apply the subject-specific and
methodological competencies acquired during the course of study in the form of an academic
dissertation with a thematic reference to the major field of study. The content of the bachelor's
thesis can be a practical-empirical or theoretical-scientific problem. Students should prove that
they can independently analyze a selected problem with scientific methods, critically evaluate it,
and work out proposed solutions under the subject-methodological guidance of an academic
supervisor. The topic chosen by the student from their respective field of study should meet the
acquired scientific competences, deepening their academic knowledge and skills in order to meet
the future needs of the field.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ work on a problem from their major field of study by applying the specialist and
methodological skills they have acquired during their studies.
▪ independently analyze selected tasks with scientific methods, critically evaluate them, and
develop appropriate solutions under the guidance of an academic supervisor.
▪ record and analyze existing (research) literature appropriate to the topic of their bachelor's
thesis.
▪ prepare a detailed written elaboration in compliance with scientific methods.

Contents
▪ The bachelor's thesis must be written on a topic that relates to the content of the respective
major field of study. In the context of the bachelor's thesis, the problem, as well as the
scientific research goal, must be clearly emphasized. The work must reflect the current state
of knowledge of the topic to be examined by means of an appropriate literature analysis. The
student must prove their ability to use the acquired knowledge theoretically and/or
empirically in the form of an independent and problem-solution-oriented application.

www.iu.org
476 DLBBT01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Turabian, K. L. (2013). A Manual for Writers of Research Papers, theses, and dissertations (8th
ed.). University of Chicago Press.
▪ Lipson, C. (2018). How to write a BA thesis. A practical guide from your first ideas to your
finished paper (2nd ed.). University of Chicago Press.
▪ Selection of literature according to topic

www.iu.org
 DLBBT01 477

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Thesis

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Bachelor Thesis

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
270 h 0h 0h 0h 0h 270 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
478 DLBBT01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Thesis

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Bachelor Thesis

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
270 h 0h 0h 0h 0h 270 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBBT02 479

Colloquium
Course Code: DLBBT02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

and Examination
BA 1 none
English

Course Description
The colloquium will take place after the submission of the bachelor’s thesis. This is done at the
invitation of the experts. During the colloquium, students must prove that they have
independently produced the content and results of the written work. The content of the
colloquium is a presentation of the most important work contents and research results by the
student as well as the answering of questions by experts.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ present a problem from their field of study using academic presentation and communication
techniques.
▪ reflect on the scientific and methodological approach chosen in their bachelor's thesis.
▪ demonstrate that they can actively answer subject-related questions from the subject
experts (reviewers of the bachelor’s thesis).

Contents
▪ The colloquium includes a presentation of the most important results of the bachelor's
thesis, followed by the student answering the reviewers' technical questions.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Subject specific literature chosen by the student

www.iu.org
480 DLBBT02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Thesis Defense

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Presentation: Colloquium

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
30 h 0h 0h 0h 0h 30 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBBT02 481

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Thesis Defense

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Presentation: Colloquium

Student Workload

Self Study Contact Hours Tutorial Self Test Independent Study Hours Total
30 h 0h 0h 0h 0h 30 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio ☑ Slides
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org